Quick Notes

Use this space to comment on random stuff that doesn’t fit with current topics on the Humboldt Herald.

This is the sixth “Quick Notes” page.  Archives of past “Quick Notes” appear in the sidebar under Pages.

Happy chatting.

  1. Anonymous
    May 20, 2012 at 10:49 am

    Did anyone else notice that the latest bumf from Norman Solomon includes a lovely coastal view of Point Sur, not in our district?

  2. walt
    May 20, 2012 at 11:21 am

    Then there’s his “Jeopardy” hit piece on Stacey Lawson. . .just lost my vote.

  3. Anonymous
    May 22, 2012 at 6:09 am

    When the Georgia legislature passed a private school scholarship program in 2008, lawmakers promoted it as a way to give poor children the same education choices as the wealthy.

    The program would be supported by donations to nonprofit scholarship groups, and Georgians who contributed would receive dollar-for-dollar tax credits, up to $2,500 a couple. The intent was that money otherwise due to the Georgia treasury — about $50 million a year — would be used instead to help needy students escape struggling public schools.

    That was the idea, at least. But parents meeting at Gwinnett Christian Academy got a completely different story last year.

    “A very small percentage of that money will be set aside for a needs-based scholarship fund,” Wyatt Bozeman, an administrator at the school near Atlanta, said during an informational session. “The rest of the money will be channeled to the family that raised it.”

    Read it all here…

    http://www.nytimes.com/2012/05/22/education/scholarship-funds-meant-for-needy-benefit-private-schools.html?ref=education

  4. walt
    May 22, 2012 at 7:01 am

    My wife just got a SIGNED birthday card from Karen Brooks. You can imagine how thrilled she was. Ever wonder where people get this information, and WHAT ELSE they know about you? And how much money was made selling it to them? Interestingly, it came with a “USA GO GREEN” forever stamp.

  5. May 22, 2012 at 7:30 am

    Walt, politicians get birthday information from the voter registration records. Its a creepy tactic.

  6. Mitch
    May 22, 2012 at 7:33 am

    walt,

    Most likely, voter registration records include date of birth. Those records are available to all candidates for phone lists and mailing lists. Maybe there should be a law to redact the DOB, which is really nobody’s business.

    What sort of person would change their vote because someone they don’t know sent them a birthday card? Does that create a social obligation or bond I’m blind to? What if it’s been personally signed by the person I don’t know?

  7. HUUFC
    May 24, 2012 at 6:04 pm

    I just spent 10 worthless minutes on the phone with political telemarkerter about proposition 29. The lady did not speak english very well and understood it even less. She was also hampered by the rules not allowing her to accept direct answers to questions. I was not allowed to state my race or age and had to endure groups of possible responses. The survey was a pro tax increase on tobacco, as, unless you support it children and old people will die stuff. I hung up finally.

  8. Anonymous
    May 24, 2012 at 7:17 pm

    Thanks for archiving “Quick Notes” Number Five, Heraldo, and giving us Number Six. Makes me proud to have suggested it in the first place. (Also makes it so much quicker to find my way to the bottom of the page so as to add new comments.) :)

  9. May 24, 2012 at 8:08 pm

    Number Five got way too long. Thanks for your patience.

  10. Mitch
    May 25, 2012 at 7:54 am

    This may be a really big deal, really soon. Very inexpensive solar that can be manufactured on automated systems, with good efficiency:

    http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v485/n7399/full/nature11067.html

  11. Anonymous
    May 29, 2012 at 6:59 am

    End of the Charade: The airwaves are already filled with blaring political attacks masquerading as “issue ads,” such as the one in Missouri in the United States Senate race that ends with: “Call Claire McCaskill. Tell her Missouri doesn’t need government-run health care.” This ad, and dozens like it, is sponsored by the United States Chamber of Commerce, which likes to claim that it is merely educating voters about the issues rather than telling them how to vote.

    http://www.nytimes.com/2012/05/29/opinion/end-of-the-charade.html?ref=opinion

  12. Anonymous
    May 31, 2012 at 3:36 pm

    Great letter to the Editor in the Times-Standard today:

    Don’t you dare take gazebo away
    Letter to the Editor
    times-standard.com/
    Posted: 05/30/2012 02:00:34 AM PDT

    I am writing to register my disapproval of the proposal made to the Eureka City Council to take down the gazebo, the fountain and many of the trees in Old Town. The gazebo plaza is one of Eureka’s loveliest places for those of us who live here and for tourists to visit. The sound of the fountain waters adds to our town’s atmosphere. The gazebo and fountain add beauty to Old Town; the sight of children feeding pigeons brings smiles to the faces of those who pass by. While eating their lunches there, shoppers and workers relax. Friends and families meet at the gazebo to share time in these peaceful surroundings.
    Taking down these charming parts of Eureka will leave a bleak scene that is special in no way. In addition, it would cost a great deal to remove them and cause disruption to Old Town. Each aspect of this proposal would hurt business at a time when every dollar is needed. Everyone to whom I have talked about the gazebo and fountain is shocked that someone would propose removing them.

    Please join me in urging our council to refuse to take such a reckless step in order to save some monthly expenses. Old Town will continue to require maintenance, regardless of what is placed there. Let’s not be penny wise and pound foolish. Eureka needs to keep our gazebo, the fountain and the beautiful trees right where they are.

    Doris Gildesgaard Eureka

    Worthy of a Humboldt Herald article, if you ask me.

    (Just WHO is behind this crazy idea of getting rid of our beloved Gazebo?)

  13. Mitch
    May 31, 2012 at 5:33 pm

    The legal system has completely failed when it comes to bringing the patent system into the modern world — if Microsoft had proposed patenting the idea of an operating system or a word processor, they probably would have been granted a patent. They might even have won in our legal system if they tried patenting the idea of ending a sentence with a period.

    But one judge has proven himself tech savvy enough to prevent a company from copyrighting something called an API — an application programming interface. It’s hard to summarize, but Judge William Alsup basically ruled that nobody can copyright “problems” — as long as you write your own solution to a particularly framed problem, no one can sue you for violating their copyright on the problem’s framing.

    This seems to be a huge, rare victory for sanity in the legal system. It will be interesting to see if it gets covered in the non-tech media.

    The attempt to patent an API was due to the fine folks at Oracle. Take a moment to be glad they failed.

  14. 06em
    June 1, 2012 at 6:00 pm

    Rex Bohn’s slate mailer, currently arriving in your mail box, tries to trick you into thinking it’s an official Democratic Party mailing. No, it doesn’t say Democratic Party anywhere on it, so the mailer can stay on ‘the windy side of the law’ as Shakespeare put it. But the slate being endorsed includes the President, Senator Feinstein and other Dem candidates, and the word Democratic is prominently featured and there’s even a quote from Hillary. If it looks like a duck and quacks like one you begin to think that maybe it’s a duck – or a trick in this case.

    Speaking of the windy side of the law – or not – Rex paid an outfit called Democratic Voters Choice for this mailer. Who are they? Why they’re the slate mailing arm of political consultants Durkee & Associates. If that name sounds familiar, that’s because it’s the business of Kinde Durkee. If you don’t know her name, you’ve probably heard about what she did:

    Kinde Durkee, once a go-to campaign treasurer for Democrats in California, pleaded guilty Friday to five counts of mail fraud after an FBI investigation found she stole more than $7 million in political funds from at least 50 clients, including U.S. Sen. Dianne Feinstein.

    LA Times March 31, 2012

    I’m pretty sure giving this woman money wasn’t the best call.

  15. June 1, 2012 at 6:10 pm

    Today, we received a copy of the mailer, too.

  16. What Now
    June 1, 2012 at 6:48 pm

    Thank you for that post and background information, O6em.
    Nive work.

  17. onandonanonymous
    June 4, 2012 at 8:09 am

    This just in: Robin Arkley ranks #27 on the list of California’s political influence purchasers, with over $2,000,000 invested…er, given…to political causes in the last decade.

    More than enough to buy Bohn, and Brady, and Jager etc…

    http://rainmaker.apps.cironline.org/

  18. Mitch
    June 4, 2012 at 8:12 am

    Paul Krugman has a new book, “End this Depression Now.” The link takes you to the last minute or two of a talk he gave recently, when he responds to a question about what the general public can do.

  19. Mitch
    June 4, 2012 at 8:15 am

    Hmmm. I guess the link takes you to the beginning. You could drag the slider to 44:20 to get to his discussion of what the public can do.

  20. 06em
    June 5, 2012 at 4:46 pm

    With our beautiful afternoon, I can confirm it is possible to get a good indirect look at the Venus transit. Also KEET (13-4) has nice views for the uber lazy or incapacitated. We used a pin hole through a piece of cardboard for the eclipse, but figured the image cast (on a piece of white) would be too small to see little Venus.

    So we used one side of a pair of binoculars and, from a standing position had a sun image about the size of a tangerine hitting the white paper we placed on the ground. Venus was clearly visible as a small but obvious black spot.

    It’s a little tricky lining it up right (and be sure you have the large lens of the binocs pointing toward the Sun) but it was well worth the effort. I think we’ll be able to see it for several hours yet.

    One website suggested mounting the binocs to something for stability. But then they gave the caveat that the glass could get too hot and explode. Probably unlikely, but you’re warned.

  21. 06em
    June 6, 2012 at 4:35 pm

    From Norman Solomon’s campaign:

    This campaign is not over.

    Here’s the latest: The race for 2nd place — between Norman and Republican Dan Roberts — is extremely close. We will have greater clarity by Friday. This is not unusual in California elections nowadays, due to the large number of votes-by-mail. Tens of thousands of vote-by-mail ballots have not been counted — including many from Marin and Sonoma counties, Democratic Party strongholds.

    At this point, with 12 candidates in the race, Republican Roberts is at 15.3% and Norman is at 14.2%. They are separated by only 1,379 votes, after numbers trended in our direction all night. (At the beginning of vote-counting, Roberts was 4% ahead of Norman; the gap has shrunk to 1.1%.)

    Democrat Jared Huffman is in first with 37%. Roberts and Norman are fighting for 2nd in this top-two primary at roughly 15%, and Democrat Stacey Lawson is in 4th place with about 10%.

    This is NOT a recount. The original vote count is simply not finished, and second place is too close to call. We are monitoring the counting of the votes-by-mail in various counties.

    I am so proud of what we have achieved. Our campaign has inspired progressive activists and leaders nationwide.

    We pledge to fight on until every vote is counted. As we get new numbers, we will keep you posted.

    I want to thank everyone for waging one of the strongest grassroots campaigns for Congress anywhere in the country.

    Onward,

    Dan Mullen
    Campaign Manager

    If “tens of thousands” are yet to be counted, no wonder the SoS office labeled this a close contest.

  22. Eric Kirk
    June 6, 2012 at 4:53 pm

    Huh!

  23. Black-Flag
  24. 06em
    June 8, 2012 at 4:42 pm

    BF, the source for that story, Stand Up America, seems pretty militiaesque to me. The first comment to your link says:

    nightingalern says:
    June 8, 2012 at 7:16 pm

    Where did you get this information. I’ve been told it is a hoax. I am a military mom. Please verify

    May want to see someone more mainstream like aljazeera pick this up before running down to enlist. ;-)

  25. Anonymous
    June 8, 2012 at 6:55 pm

    Council Member Marian Brady was on News Channel 3 last night talking about the “issue” of the Gazebo. She said the City is just trying to get a handle on how much it costs to maintain it. She says no one is talking about tearing it down – yet.

  26. Mitch
    June 12, 2012 at 7:53 am

    This is a fascinating article on the obesity epidemic and why it has happened. I’d be really curious to hear what our libertarian friends have to propose in response.

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/jun/11/why-our-food-is-making-us-fat

  27. Anonymous
    June 16, 2012 at 6:57 am

    What are the details about Fox Farm Fertilizer selling to Scott’s Fertilizer for 130 million dollars? How come this hasn’t made the news yet? Willy Winer, the previous owner, has moved to Arizona and bought a multimillion dollar house. Will Fox Farm moves its operation?

  28. Anonymous
    June 17, 2012 at 8:41 pm

    Only 0.4% separates Solomon and Roberts with thousands of votes still to be counted.

  29. grackle
    June 18, 2012 at 11:16 am

    If anyone is still following the “close race” between Roberts and Solomon for second place in the 2nd district, according to the state and county websites there are about 57000 votes still uncounted as of 6/15. If one apportions them to each candidate by county at the % that they had in the completed count, Roberts would pick up about 8285 votes and Solomon about 8767. This would leave Solomon behind by 759 votes, if my estimates are correct. Solomon led in the three most highly populated counties but was way behind up here in the north–Roberts took 18.51%, 22.56% and 26.75% in Humboldt, Trinity and Del Norte respectively, versus 11.69%, 8.55% and 4.38% for Solomon in those counties.

  30. Bolithio
    June 18, 2012 at 6:52 pm

    So is it total anarchy here? Should the Herald and its contributors take any responsibility for moderating comments? You need to ban people who are saying things like:

    “Go fucking die somewhere already, shithead.”

  31. And Justice For All (Who Can Afford It)
    June 19, 2012 at 3:45 pm
  32. 06em
    June 20, 2012 at 11:15 am

    Ah Walmart:

    This policy is even responsible for one CSM having a heart attack on the floor during the dinner rush hour because she didn’t want to call in sick even though she had been having chest pains all day.

  33. SmokeMonster
    June 20, 2012 at 12:49 pm

    Sleeping in public is now a misdemeanor in Eureka,although this us not aimed at the homeless. Voted through 4-1

    On a side note Cirabellini dissented from the vote to allow beekeeping permits in Eureka due to “loose wording”… passed 4-1

    This council is completely nucking futs

  34. Anonymous
    June 21, 2012 at 1:07 pm

    “Across the entire district, the Chronicle noted, Roberts is now just 757 votes ahead — and the estimated more than 9,000 ballots that remain to be counted are all in Sonoma County, where I did very well on Election Day.” Norm Solomon today.

  35. Anonymous
    June 23, 2012 at 9:52 am
  36. Pitchfork
    June 24, 2012 at 9:25 am

    A TIMES-STANDARD EDITORIAL

    Wrong move, Eureka
    Earlier this week, the Eureka City Council, in a 4­ 1 vote, made drinking in public and sleeping in public misdemeanor offenses. City Attorney Cyndy Day-Wilson said the move is designed to clear up a conflict within the city code, which previously classified any violations as misdemeanors while listing sleeping or drinking in public as infractions.

    We think it’s pretty clear who the city council’s move is aimed at. MTV’s “Spring Break” hasn’t been filming on the steps of the Humboldt County Court­house. Tuesday’s vote was a direct shot at Occupy Eureka protesters and homeless who have become courthouse fixtures — and, we argue, a shot the council didn’t need to take.

    Criminalizing homelessness won’t save the city of Eureka any money. At a time when the Humboldt County DA’s Office has warned local officials that it may drop most misdemeanor prosecutions unless it’s granted some measure of budgetary mercy from the county Board of Supervisors, any prosecutions resulting from Tuesday’s vote would likely be left to the city of Eureka.

    Issuing citations to those least likely to be able to pay is a questionable enough proposition. Slapping them with misdemeanor charges can only snowball into a procedural mess for the city as court dates are missed and resultant charges pile up, further straining the resources of the public defender’s office and the jail.

    How much is this gesture going to cost the city of Eureka?

    Wouldn’t municipal resources be much better employed trying to fix other problems? Whatever money the city ends up spending as a result of Tues­day’s misstep would be better spent on alternative solutions — say, further funding for Problem Orient­ed Policing — or dealing with alternative problems.

    (Eureka’s nasty meth habit comes to mind.) Once again, officials seem intent on creating a bigger problem than the one they’re out to solve.

    It’s time to think differently.

  37. Anonymous
    June 24, 2012 at 1:33 pm

    GM grass suddenly starts producing cyanide and kills the cows eating it.

    http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-201_162-57459357/gm-grass-linked-to-texas-cattle-deaths/

  38. Fact Checker
    June 28, 2012 at 10:43 am

    Obama: Supreme Court ruling on health care a victory for all Americans

    http://www.cnn.com/2012/06/28/politics/supreme-court-health-ruling/index.html?hpt=hp_t1

  39. 06em
  40. tra
    July 2, 2012 at 12:35 pm

    Whatever happened to “Plain Jane?” I just realized that I haven’t seen a comment from her in a long while. Hope she’s O.K.!

  41. Anonymous
    July 2, 2012 at 1:56 pm

    She’s still around posting once in a while, but anonymously to avoid the leg humping trolls smearing people who are not PJ with her views..

  42. 06em
    July 3, 2012 at 3:46 pm

    If a big quake hits, and your location at the time makes you want to go from up on Pine Hill, down Meyers and across the Martin Slough over to Elk River Road (or the same trip in reverse) you may want to think twice.
    Click here to see bridge to not be on in an earthquake.
    That bridge has some of the funkiest stats in the Humbay area. 7 is a good score. 4 or 5 are not.
    Of course the Republicans could stop trying to run the economy into the ground for the election with their delaying funding the kind of construction projects that would repair that bridge, create work and possibly save lives, but we know that won’t happen. Their hatred of Obama and America is that great. And everyday people still watch FOX News seriously, follow Rush, and vote for these traitorous bastards. The power of Big Media I guess.

  43. Anonymous
  44. Fact Checker
    July 9, 2012 at 12:44 pm

    “Romney beats Obama by $35m in June fundraising”

    http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-us-canada-18773746

  45. Mitch
    July 12, 2012 at 8:53 am

    Romney invested millions in a firm dedicated to outsourcing US jobs:

    http://www.motherjones.com/politics/2012/07/bain-capital-mitt-romney-outsourcing-china-global-tech

  46. Anonymous
    July 12, 2012 at 9:09 am

    Do you ever take the time to imagine what this country would be if right wing ideologues were able to achieve their dreams? A third world nightmare where a few have it all and the many beg for scraps of jobs and have no opportunity (education, health or civil rights) to improve their lot other than crime or joining the military.

  47. Anonymous
    July 12, 2012 at 9:18 am

    Good find, Mitch.

    “Mr. W. Mitt Romney is the sole shareholder, sole director, President and Chief Executive Officer of Brookside Inc. and thus is the controlling person of Brookside Inc.”

    “At the time Romney was acquiring shares in Global-Tech, the firm publicly acknowledged that its strategy was to profit from prominent US companies outsourcing production abroad. ”

    How do the Romney supporters explain his blatant and repeated lies that he was not involved in outsourcing American jobs to China?

  48. Mitch
    July 15, 2012 at 1:51 pm

    If there is, by chance, any believer in “bank ethics” still out there, this is a must read: http://www.nytimes.com/2012/07/15/business/goldman-sachs-and-a-sale-gone-horribly-awry.html?_r=4&pagewanted=1&nl=todaysheadlines&emc=edit_th_20120715

    In a nutshell, for $5 million in fees, Goldman Sachs told the founders of a small business to sell to a company that GS had previously declined to invest in; the business was cooking its books. They lost everything.

  49. Anonymous
    July 17, 2012 at 11:35 am

    Betsy Lambert’s KIEM contract was not renewed so we’ll probably never know who pooped and peed on the bank.

  50. Anonymous
  51. Mitch
  52. Fact Checker
    July 20, 2012 at 12:50 pm

    “(CNN) — The man suspected of shooting up an Aurora, Colorado movie theater screening the new Batman film early Friday, killing 12 and wounding 59, also left his apartment rigged with traps, police said….FBI spokesman Jason Pack said it did not appear the incident was related to terrorism.”

    White American butchers aren’t terrorists?

    http://www.cnn.com/2012/07/20/us/colorado-theater-shooting/index.html?hpt=hp_t1

  53. Plain Jane
    July 20, 2012 at 1:51 pm

    Terrorism is violent means to achieve a political objective. It’s possible to be a nutcase seeking infamy without a political agenda. .

  54. Fact Checker
    July 20, 2012 at 2:24 pm

    Thanks PJ. A perfect example of “don’t believe everything you think.” Willing to re-think.

  55. Plain Jane
    July 20, 2012 at 2:36 pm

    He may turn out to be a terrorist for who knows what cause, but I appreciate them not jumping to unsupported conclusions.

  56. Mitch
    July 20, 2012 at 2:39 pm

    What sort of bloggers are you people?! Thanks? Appreciate?

  57. Fact Checker
    July 20, 2012 at 2:48 pm

    All the certitude I read and hear causes me to want to continue to ask questions and keep an open mind to new ideas and new solutions for new problems. Perhaps even new solutions for really old problems.

  58. Plain Jane
    July 20, 2012 at 3:19 pm

    Kudos to John McCain for having the integrity to condemn Bachmann for her bigoted and baseless smear of HUma Abedin. What a vile POS she is.

  59. Plain Jane
    July 20, 2012 at 7:28 pm

    Did anyone feel this?

    PRELIMINARY EARTHQUAKE PARAMETERS
    MAGNITUDE – 5.2
    TIME – 1752 AKDT JUL 20 2012
    1852 PDT JUL 20 2012
    0152 UTC JUL 21 2012
    LOCATION – 40.5 NORTH 125.1 WEST
    55 MILES/89 KM SW OF EUREKA CALIFORNIA
    235 MILES/378 KM NW OF SAN FRANCISCO CALIFORNIA
    DEPTH – 8 MILES/13 KM

    I didn’t.

  60. Mitch
    July 23, 2012 at 10:21 am

    Transparent solar cells for use in windows, high volume, low cost manufacturing: http://www1.cnsi.ucla.edu/news/item?item_id=2072164

  61. Mitch
    July 24, 2012 at 8:47 am

    Excellent article about the effects of Mitt Romney’s vulture capitalism on human beings:

    http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/07/23/bain-capital-layoffs-dade-behring_n_1695960.html

  62. Anonymous
    July 24, 2012 at 4:27 pm

    Thanks for not asking for opinions about your new format.

  63. Plain Jane
    July 24, 2012 at 4:47 pm

    What’s even more demoralizing, Mitch, is that almost half of the voters in this country want to put him in charge of the whole country. What Bain did for the companies and pension plans he looted into bankruptcy he will do for this country. A man who manipulated his investments to extract the most personal profit without the slightest regard for it’s impact on anyone else, including his country, would have no scruples about looting our national resources and allowing the destruction of the environment for private profit.

  64. Mitch
    July 24, 2012 at 5:51 pm

    PJ,

    You’re missing the point. Just look at that hair!

  65. What Now
    July 25, 2012 at 12:34 pm
  66. Fact Checker
    July 27, 2012 at 4:21 pm

    “TARP Was Even Worse Than You Think: “An Abysmal Failure,” Barofsky Says
    Officials in both the Bush and Obama administrations took the attitude “bankers know best,” Barofsky recalls. “It was somewhat shocking how much control big banks had over their own bailout [and] the overwhelming deference show by Treasury officials to the banks.”

    http://finance.yahoo.com/blogs/daily-ticker/tarp-even-worse-think-abysmal-failure-barofsky-says-161743679.html

  67. Anonymous
    July 31, 2012 at 11:14 am

    The 460’s are at County Elections but they want 10 cents a page for copies. Will someone please get down there and take some notes? The supervisor’s races must have set records.

  68. Where's Heraldo?
    August 2, 2012 at 12:05 pm

    Two post in eight days? I know you don’t create the news but this seems a little slow. And Heraldo, Where’s Heraldo?

  69. Mitch
    August 3, 2012 at 7:33 am

    It’s a good question but I don’t have an answer. I think you are seeing evidence that Heraldo has/have a life outside the blogosphere. I could post on another national outrage — the pool is more or less unlimited — but the Herald is really supposed to have a local focus, so I’m hesitant. Anyone who has local news they’d like to spread is welcome to put it here, and if I think it makes sense to put it on the front page, I’ll do so.

  70. Plain Jane
    August 4, 2012 at 4:02 pm

    Putting Romney’s tax plan on the table collapses the table with debt unless he slashes social programs by half and raises taxes on the middle class.

    http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/ezra-klein/wp/2012/08/04/romney-tax-plan-on-table-debt-collapses-table/?hpid=z1

  71. Walt
    August 8, 2012 at 6:43 am

    This was from a BBC commentator in a story about negative comments by the Governor of the Bank of England: “. . . [W]e had the – by now predictable – admission of defeat at the hands of the crisis. The governor told us, again and again, that the Bank had no idea what would happen to the economy in the next year or so, or the eurozone – anyone who could accurately forecast that, he said, deserved a medal.

    His economic deputy, Charlie Bean, also told us, in no uncertain terms, that the employment data had also left the Bank entirely flummoxed. “It’s a genuine economic puzzle that we simply do not understand,” he said. ”

    The Brits, the Right will argue, are a bunch of surrender monkeys, but it’s becoming clear that Geithner and Bernanke, and of course Mitt and Barack, don’t have a clue about where we’re headed either. Maybe stuffing our mattresses with Reichsmarks. . .er, dollars. . .wouldn’t be a bad idea.

  72. Farmer
    August 8, 2012 at 9:31 am

    There was a direct action at the Sierra Pacific sawmill in Manila on Monday, Earth First!ers blocked the log truck entrance and went into the office asking to speak to someone in charge. see http://efhumboldt.org

    Not being picked up by the mainstream media.

    Something that wasn’t in the press release but should have been- A truck driver pushed about 5 ft into the group before he stopped.

  73. Plain Jane
    August 9, 2012 at 10:04 am

    I’ve sure been getting a lot of earthquake e-mails from NWS-WCATWC. Don’t know if I should be relieved that there are lots of small quakes reducing stress or worried that these are precursors to the BIG ONE.

  74. HUUFC
    August 15, 2012 at 5:46 pm

    Great COSTCO story on the SF Chronicle site SFGATE, what a success story for an American Company.

  75. Farmer
    August 16, 2012 at 1:36 pm

    Something you might find of interest- tarsandsblockade.org

  76. Broz Tito
    August 17, 2012 at 3:59 pm

    Investigative reporter Fred Mangels with a fascinating first hand account of Murl Harpham rigging a police employment exam: http://t.co/SF2F94QO

    Is this the most corrupt little town in California or what?

  77. SmokeMonster
    August 18, 2012 at 9:56 am

    I can’t believe no story here on the whole police chief debacle.
    How much more city finds have Tyson and crew wasted on this one?
    No councilmember will speak on the closed session except the inept Newwwwwman?
    Merle the pearl releases more classic quotes like “I’m a soldier,I just do as I’m told” and “I might retire,Imight not depends on who they hire” which translates to, “if they see things my way or if I need to chase them out of town like the last guy”

    Basically it seems like the guy they wanted(local) passed,they had a couple other candidates to make the process appear fair but would never give the job to an “outsider” again. So now they need MORE time to groom their chosen golden boy on how to pass the interviews,say the right things to community members and continue the cycle of corrupt,hostile policing.

    No 80 year old has any business being a hired police officer in today’s world,I guarantee he is so far removed from normal modern living and out of touch with 97.5% of people alive today.

    This town is an embarrassment and a bad joke due to this crew of “soldiers”

  78. Anonymous
    August 18, 2012 at 10:11 pm

    Murl is a hip cat. He recently requested 2 license place readers. Now we’ll be part of the Eye Spy network. You know, where the government keeps track of US, just to keep US safe from OURSELVES. Don’t believe me? Ask the ACLU.

  79. Mitch
    August 19, 2012 at 9:30 am

    One term more…

  80. Mitch
    August 19, 2012 at 9:33 am

    One term more…

  81. 06em
    August 20, 2012 at 12:13 pm

    I love live tv and the internet:

    h/t to CLrantsnraves and alcohol.

  82. need bizness, ugh!
    August 20, 2012 at 12:16 pm

    Is he drunk? Or is his normal way of speaking? Is this a joke? UNBELIEVABLE !!!!

  83. Mitch
    August 23, 2012 at 9:51 am

    Needless to say, the important Romney news is discovered and reported by Gawker rather than the so-called “responsible media.” The responsible media is otherwise occupied with more important things, like the latest poll.s

    http://gawker.com/5936873

    But what’s interesting about Sankaty Credit Opportunities is that, according to his 2012 financial disclosure, Romney’s interest in the entity was part of his retirement package: It was made “pursuant to an agreement with Bain Capital regarding Mr. Romney’s retirement” in 1999. But according to its audited financial statement, Sankaty Credit Opportunities didn’t exist yet when Romney retired: “Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P., is a Delaware limited partnership which commenced operations on August 12, 2002.” In other words, Romney’s 1999 retirement agreement included an investment in an entity created in 2002…

    Even more drastic, Sankaty Credit Opportunities IV—of which Romney owns more than $1 million in his IRA and which earned him between $50,000 and $100,000 in 2011, and which is likewise described as an investment made pursuant to his retirement package—wasn’t even created until July 2008.

  84. Mitch
  85. Estelle's Conflict of Interest
    August 27, 2012 at 10:35 am

    Supervisor-elect Fennell received a “shaded parcel” letter from the county, which means she’s built on an unapproved lot without permits. This puts Estelle in a conflict-of-interest situation. She won’t be able to vote on shaded parcels, or amnesty or anything else involving the illegal building in rural Humboldt. Anyone who voted for her because of illegal land use:

    too bad.

  86. Plain Jane
    August 28, 2012 at 3:50 pm

    What’s wrong with the Tea Party in 6 minutes from “The Newsroom”

  87. Mitch
    August 28, 2012 at 4:13 pm

    What a weird, refreshing bit of lib-porn that was, PJ!

    They make it an entertainment show by using all those cutaways to tech people who seem handsome and pretty in unlikely quantity, huh? I kept waiting for someone to pull the plug, but I guess the tech people are there to ooze emotional approval?

  88. Anonymous
    August 29, 2012 at 5:16 pm

    I watch this show. The tech people characters helped in coming up with all the talking points in his broadcast.

  89. August 30, 2012 at 7:25 am

    MINIMUM WAGE FACTOID: The Gasoline Index

    In 1968 an hour’s pay at minimum wage ( $1.60) would buy almost 5 gallons of gasoline (@ $0.33/ gal.) but today in Eureka an hour’s minimum wage ($8.00) will buy a little less than 2 gallons of gasoline (@ $4.37 per gallon.)

    http://eurekafairwageact.wordpress.com/2012/08/17/minimum-wage-factoid-the-gasoline-index/

  90. August 30, 2012 at 6:21 pm

    w3hat is hazing and why hasnt been eliminated sincec time began

  91. HUUFC
    August 31, 2012 at 12:24 pm

    T-S Thursday $891,000 for a Yurok Tribe Cultural and Knowledge Park for tribal families. There is no money for this foolishness, the federal government is out of control, every day another story about waste, fraud, and stupid spending. It’s got to stop or the future of our country is belak.

  92. FUUHC
    August 31, 2012 at 12:41 pm

    Bootstraps! We don’t need no stinkin Cultural park. What we need is a Super Wal*Mart (low prices, Always!)

  93. HUUFC
    August 31, 2012 at 12:50 pm

    Also the indian houses in Klamath are being painted to get ready for the new park. How many of the posters on this blog get the federal government to paint their houses? More money spent that does not exist. BTW thats a bleak future. Whoops.

  94. FUUHC
    August 31, 2012 at 12:58 pm

    Why don’t you sttoopid bloggers buy your paint at Wal*Mart? (low prices Alwayz!)

  95. Mitch
    September 2, 2012 at 7:36 am

    Archbishop and Nobel prize winner Desmond Tutu says war criminals like George W Bush should be tried for war crimes by the International Criminal Court at the Hague:

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/sep/02/desmond-tutu-tony-blair-iraq

    Leadership and morality are indivisible. Good leaders are the custodians of morality. The question is not whether Saddam Hussein was good or bad or how many of his people he massacred. The point is that Mr Bush and Mr Blair should not have allowed themselves to stoop to his immoral level.

    Also:

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/politics/2012/sep/02/tony-blair-iraq-war-desmond-tutu

  96. Plain Jane
    September 2, 2012 at 12:57 pm

    Rev. Sun Myung Moon, Founder of Unification Church, Dies at 92

    Robert Parry’s investigative work on Moon

    http://www.consortiumnews.com/archive/moon.html

  97. September 4, 2012 at 10:52 am

    Normally I wouldn’t play on this sort of politics, claiming non-aligned life and practice, but I stumbled across the following, and between the lines of persiflage, found a chilling outline of what may be the central contemporary Republican line. Maybe you want to work with it.

    http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2012/08/28/leading_from_the_front?page=full

    As far as I can tell, it goes this way:

    1. (not stated directly) Western economies starting with the US and Europe are a zone that is down, and they as ever have no idea how to bring it up so that there are jobs, rising expectations, etc.. Thus written off except for what you can sell in this perhaps ~1 billion population sector.

    2. The Great Game is still on. Require new trade agreements (like NAFTA?) with East Asia and any others like Africa if they come on line. Continue to export jobs into this ~5 billion population sector without any sensible limit. Corporations to thrive on jobs and sales with those people who they know aspire towards the things they understand how to make from the past, without substantial change or innovation or ecological-effects consciousness.

    3. Require then an advancing military capability and presence, to keep things safe for this involvement, and because ‘other nations are asking for America’.

    4. (also not stated directly) Keep up pressure to break down Medicaid, Medicare, Social Security, and other social services, as means to pay the bills, as well as cement the corporate position.

    It actually pains me to write this, because of all the subtleties crushed in it. Of course some ‘other nations are asking for America’, just to start. How and for what purposes covers s spectrum from the very honorable to, well, we know what to. The point is to make distinctions, and endeavor to act honorably and with wisdom. And so for any other activities to be undertaken.

    In such a way, I think the military part isn’t the core, though it may be so in John McCain’s most natural thinking. You don’t even get to there if you don’t intend to go out and contest for people’s affairs against their own rising enterprise. Which I suspect these days is in many regards quite capable of taking care of itself, hence that the first world corps are in for some big surprises.

    The missing link seems to me to be a constructive sense for limitation. ‘The West’ can’t possibly shed enough jobs to fulfill the aspirations of countries with five times the total population: we have to set limits so that laissez-faire doesn’t lower everyone’s standard of living, including theirs again, by trying to simple-mindedly equilbrate it.

    It is a great paradox that the answer to what many of us were attempting to help in the past of conditions in less-industrially-developed countries has turned out to be a degree of letting the free enterprise idea follow its unexamined instincts. Something to be learned there. But to not regulate it…surely a recipe for reaping the whirlwind, and these days the storms reach out to touch everybody.

    In other words, I think McCain’s speech is a watershed in showing why regulation and a sense of fair sharing really must be returned to with full confidence now. It could furnish a very interesting world to build in, among its possibilities.

  98. September 4, 2012 at 11:05 am

    Well, and look: what I wrote above has in it tinges of my own resistance to the narrow idea that business has come to subscribe to – observed at very close distance, I am afraid.

    In truth, what I said about buying and selling to the larger world would not be without innovation and improvement of kinds. It is simply that business only feels confident to do this where they can think they will be guaranteed a large profit, and little ‘interference’ so that any flexibility can be used to gain on what they consider their responsibility.

    That responsibility being directed solely to a financial achievement is where the whole thing has broken down.

    The complex ecology that we are always within can work for only when all types and members are included. The role of enterprise in building life standards from a turning point of scientific and industrial revolution is undeniably and utterly huge. Any sense of the future means we need to improve this, not eliminate it.

    But to do that, you have to be intent on being fair, and humane is included in fair. Regulation of the enterprise and fiscal activity is like regulation of any other: just good sense to anyone who is adult, and who reckons what we clearly are as human beings, each individual a complex ecology full of tendencies, and always promise.

    Please don’t go for the thoughts above without including this part of them, thanks.

  99. HUUFC
    September 7, 2012 at 9:45 pm

    Just saw 2016: Obama’s America, great film everybody should see it.

  100. What Now
    September 7, 2012 at 10:14 pm

    Critical thinking obviously eludes you, HUUFC.

  101. Plain Jane
    September 9, 2012 at 8:05 am
  102. Plain Jane
    September 12, 2012 at 11:06 am

    HiFi and his ideological brethren can no longer whine about Democrats blaming Bush since the GOP and Michael Gerson are now blaming Bush for Romney’s coming loss. They won’t admit that Romney’s policies are Bush policies on steroids, of course, because they favor them and refuse to acknowledge that they are the same and were an abject failure; but the people with IQ’s above room temp remember what Bush did and recognize Romney is doubling down on that stupidity.

  103. Plain Jane
    September 12, 2012 at 11:22 am

    Ryan has started running ads and actively campaigning for his house seat. If there’s a god he’ll lose both elections.

  104. Mitch
    September 14, 2012 at 7:14 am

    Which straw will be the last?

    http://tpmdc.talkingpointsmemo.com/2012/09/house-gop-bill-end-welfare-reform-work-requirent.php

    Here’s what Talking Points Memo’s Josh Marshall had to say:

    While launching a series of withering, racial tinged attacks that accused Obama of gutting welfare reform (when in fact his changes to welfare would strengthen the work requirements), Republicans have been pushing through a bill that the independent CRS has now found actually does have the effect of gutting welfare reform’s work requirements.

    The CRS reached its conclusion in a memo dated Sept. 4, but it’s gotten scant if any attention until now.

  105. Anonymous
    September 14, 2012 at 8:04 am

    2016 was well done and very interesting. Oh and fuck you what now, just another mouthy libtard.

  106. Anonymous
    September 14, 2012 at 10:09 am

    Frightwingers are the natural prey of snakeoil salesmen and corrupt politicians because they lack critical thinking skills and can’t read well enough to do any research.

  107. Plain Jane
    September 14, 2012 at 10:18 am

    Teapublicans are the natural prey of snakeoil salesmen and corrupt politicians because they lack critical thinking skills and can’t read well enough to do any research. Even Stanley Fish, NYT columnist and personal friend of D’Souza panned it.

    http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/08/27/obama-dsouza-and-anti-colonialism/

  108. Plain Jane
    September 14, 2012 at 10:19 am

    Didn’t mean to post that first one as anonymous or incomplete. My apologies.

  109. Cool Chick
    September 14, 2012 at 10:37 am

    It’s okay ‘Plain Jane’, nobody’s listening to you anyways.

  110. Plain Jane
    September 14, 2012 at 10:42 am

    Cool Chick is so cool that she speaks for nobody.

  111. 06em
  112. Mitch
    September 15, 2012 at 3:50 pm

    With friends like Rick…

  113. William F. Buckley
    September 15, 2012 at 8:00 pm

    . . . [T}here is no basic values of America.”
    –R. Santorum

    I think I’ll stay dead.

  114. What Now
    September 15, 2012 at 8:20 pm

    This is one more example to reenforce the view that a “political gaffe” is really a politician speaking the truth.

  115. Imagine That
    September 16, 2012 at 7:46 am

    The Democratic Party is actually trying to register voters in Stockton! Too bad they can’t get it done here.

    Get Paid to Register Democratic Voters (Stockton )

    ——————————————————————————–
    Date: 2012-09-05, 12:59PM PDT
    Reply to this post d2xtm-3252304269@comm.craigslist.org [Errors when replying to ads?]

    ——————————————————————————–

    Democratic Voter Registration and Education Program is hiring precinct walkers to go door-to-door registering Democrats to vote. Make money and make a big difference. Position starts at $13 an hour. Paid weekly, training provided, family atmosphere. Hours are mostly weekday evenings and weekends. Must have political commitment, reliable vehicle (must be yours and must be willing to use it for the position) and must be very motivated. If this sounds like you, reply with resume, a number that you can be reached at and why you are interested in the position. Interviews are being held now.

  116. Anonymous
    September 18, 2012 at 3:56 am

    CAPLETON ALERT: My Google Alert system gave me this information tonight:

    Capleton @ The Red Fox Tavern – October 11th 2012 10:00 pm
    at The Red Fox Tavern. 415 Fifths Street. Eureka CA. 7072690282. View Website | Other Events at The Red Fox Tavern. October 11, 2012 10:00 pm – 2:00 am …
    holdmyticket.com/event/122267

  117. Mitch
    September 19, 2012 at 7:12 am

    Possibly Stephen Colbert’s best work ever… you really want to see the video at the bottom of this link:

    http://2012.talkingpointsmemo.com/2012/09/colbert-romney-47-percent.php

  118. Plain Jane
    September 19, 2012 at 9:57 pm

    From the Lost Coast story, it looks like Trevor Bohn is in serious trouble.

  119. Plain Jane
    September 19, 2012 at 10:04 pm

    That was really good, Mitch. But I don’t think he’ll ever best his performance at the 2006 White House Correspondence Dinner.

  120. is this true
  121. Mitch
    September 20, 2012 at 9:25 am

    Yes it is. Head on over to the Lost Coast Output to discuss it.

  122. Mitch
    September 21, 2012 at 7:42 am

    Australia’s treasurer: “Let’s be blunt and acknowledge the biggest threat to the world’s biggest economy are the cranks and crazies that have taken over the Republican party,”

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/sep/21/wayne-swan-republicans-cranks-crazies

  123. Mitch
    September 21, 2012 at 7:57 am

    And Mitt Romney’s mom talking about how her dad was on welfare:

    Triple schmuck points to Romney for pulling up the ladder behind him.

  124. HUUFC
    September 21, 2012 at 10:34 am

    California unemployment rate is 10.6% FYI all you obummer supporters.

  125. Plain Jane
    September 21, 2012 at 1:54 pm

    Republicans vote down or don’t allow any jobs bills to come to a vote, Huffy. If you’re upset maybe you should get on their asses and stop blaming the president who is doing everything he can despite their obstruction.

  126. HUUFC
    September 21, 2012 at 2:05 pm

    Obummer’s jobs bill was purposely loaded with tax increases and pork to make it fail in the House. Dirty Harry will not allow any votes in the Senate to enable obummer to use his congress doesn’t do anything line. Anyways how is the federal government creating jobs? By giving money to the states? Money that is printed from thin air? Jobs need to come from the private sector.

  127. Plain Jane
    September 21, 2012 at 2:32 pm

    Huffy, you are so confused. The govt. can’t do anything to create jobs but it’s all Obama’s fault. The world is a very scary place for you, isn’t it?

  128. September 23, 2012 at 11:06 pm

    Another kind of science…check out the list towards the bottom, starting with the photo of the guys leaning…

    http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-19667664

  129. HUUFC
    September 24, 2012 at 10:42 am

    The Senate adjourned Saturday and will return to Washington on November 13, one week after the election is over. The Congress has had eight legislative work days on the floor of the House and Senate in the last 14 weeks. Nice work if you can get it.

  130. What Now
    September 24, 2012 at 10:53 am

    Congress has voted 33 times on abortion legislation and once to reassert the currency’s motto.GOP pandering to the brownshirt “Teavangelicals”.

  131. dwayne
    September 24, 2012 at 11:13 pm

    Did Lost Coast Outpost kill Heraldo?

  132. Heidi Benzonelli
    September 25, 2012 at 2:49 pm

    Request for Proposals

    Westside Community Improvement Association is Requesting Proposals from programs interested in operating at the Jefferson Site.

    Proposals are sought from Charter schools – We have 6 classrooms available for primary occupancy by a charter school and 4 potentially shared classrooms.

    We are also seeking proposals from organizations and programs that offer recreation, art, performing arts, cultural enrichment, after school programs, nursery schools, health, nutrition, physical fitness, literacy, and other community resources.

    The Jefferson Campus is proposed to house a Charter School in the South Building and by fall of 2014 (if not sooner) all space in the South building will be dedicated to that purpose. We are seeking proposals from Charter Schools that will recruit students from our community and offer free quality education to the children of the Westside, elementary schools preferred.

    The North Building will house a Community Recreation and Cultural Enrichment Center. Programs in the North Building are expected to share space in order to maximize the benefit to the community and minimize the cost to operate programs here. We are also proposing the development or renovation of 2 more spaces outside the North Building.

    There will also be a public park available for outdoor recreation programs, a neighborhood events center with a stage, and a permitted kitchen. Programs are expected to offer free opportunities to children and families that live within ½ a mile of the Jefferson Project. We welcome proposals from organizations serving all ages.

    The proposed timeline for completion of the improvements at the facility is September 2014, but parts of the facility will be ready much sooner.

    Please include financials with proposals and mail by October 15th, 2012 to:

    Westside Community Improvement Association
    PO Box 5315
    Eureka, CA 95502

    Questions can be directed to
    Heidi Benzonelli
    lets.buy.jefferson@gmail.com
    (707) 498-5764

  133. Plain Jane
    September 26, 2012 at 12:36 pm

    Have we been having lots of little earthquakes this morning?

  134. Mitch
    September 27, 2012 at 7:35 am

    A truly remarkable story about someone catching their internet abuser:

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/sep/26/day-confronted-troll

  135. Mitch
    September 28, 2012 at 11:09 am

    News from the crusade against sex offenders, British division:

    http://www.pcpro.co.uk/blogs/2012/09/28/the-blackberry-typo-that-landed-a-man-in-jail/

  136. Mitch
    September 29, 2012 at 8:07 am

    “Agent of the holy spirit” (Mr. Ratzinger’s butler) on trial by Vatican for pointing out high-level corruption, nepotism, and cronyism.

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/sep/29/pope-butler-trial-leaked-documents

  137. Joe Bohnino
    October 1, 2012 at 6:16 pm

    Let’s live-blog the Eureka City Council debate tonight, eh? 7 p.m. TV13.

  138. October 1, 2012 at 6:29 pm

    I don’t get TV, but have at it.

  139. What Now
    October 1, 2012 at 6:37 pm

    Go ahead, Bananas.
    Post it over on the Arkley fan club website.

  140. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 6:48 pm

    Let’s do it here. Make up a name and like Mitch sez: have at it.

  141. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 6:53 pm

    First off, no more snide nicknames like “Bohnino”. It doesn’t fool anyone anyway.

  142. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 6:59 pm

    Tonight’s candidates are Joe Bonino, long-time treasurer of the Humboldt Republican Party and Eureka City Councilmember Linda Atkins, the Humboldt Democratic Party’s Chairperson. City Council is a non-demonimational non-partisan office, so I guess none of that will matter, right?

  143. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 7:01 pm

    Nice slide of Trinidad harbor…an American flag waving over a collage of Humboldt landmarks…445-0811…it’s Byrd Lochtie! She sez it’s on KHSU, too,

  144. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 7:03 pm

    LWV is blah-blah-blah…she’s good. Seems to really want lots of calls. Each candidate gets one minute to open and one minute to answer questions…unless she allows more. I wouldn’t mess with her. Call with your questions.

  145. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 7:04 pm

    Charlie Bean sez he’s local, been gone and is back again with a lot to provide. Charlie’s the qualified write-in candidate. Been around. Could speak more clearly…

  146. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 7:05 pm

    Joe Bonino pledges all to cops and fire, the Marina Center and being a strong financial watchdog.

  147. Moderator
    October 1, 2012 at 7:06 pm

    Incumbent Linda Atkins takes credit for good stuff she has done then talks about getting the PD and the people “all pulling together” to “get it done”.

  148. October 1, 2012 at 9:01 pm

    Thanks for giving it a try, Moderator.

  149. Moderated
    October 1, 2012 at 9:36 pm

    There was more, Mitch – I think I got moderated. Check the spam filter.

  150. October 1, 2012 at 10:08 pm

    I can’t find anything, sorry. This is getting annoying.

  151. October 2, 2012 at 8:18 am
  152. anonymous
    October 2, 2012 at 8:35 pm

    Where is the fire?

  153. Plain Jane
    October 3, 2012 at 5:53 am

    The Stanford Study (of studies) comparing the nutrition of organic v conventional food was seriously flawed:

    http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/10/02/that-flawed-stanford-study/?ref=opinion

  154. October 3, 2012 at 7:42 am

    For people who like journalism that offers objective numbers, the Guardian comes up with hard-to-beat pieces every now and again. They’ve just done up info on the US Federal Debt, here: http://www.guardian.co.uk/news/datablog/2011/jul/15/us-debt-how-big-who-owns

    There are still journalists — you just have to look harder than you’d hope.

  155. October 3, 2012 at 7:52 am

    More from the Guardian, this time about the torture of Palestinians:

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/oct/03/hamas-torture-detainees-gaza

  156. HUUFC
    October 3, 2012 at 9:55 am

    The debt in the United States will crush our way of life and the world. If obummer is re-elected can anyone point to anything he has done to control the deficit spending at the federal level? Over one trillion dollars each year he has been in office in four more years the debt will be over 20 trillion.
    Also not suprising to see things in the muslim world in Gaza are par for the course.

  157. FUUHC
    October 3, 2012 at 10:59 am

    I hate the president cuz he a Taliban from Kenya or Gaza. Vote for Bonino to create jobs in America.

  158. Heidi Benzonelli
    October 3, 2012 at 5:17 pm

    Friends Neighbors and Community Partners,

    Westside Community Improvement Association Pays off Jefferson School , Hosts the Heritage Society and is Awarded a CalFresh grant for Kitchen Equipment!

    In 14 months, WCIA has paid off the mortgage on Jefferson School!!! I think we are all still reeling! I am so grateful for the people who voted to pass the Proposition 84 Clean Water and Parks bond in 2006.

    A little over a year ago, Bill Rodstrom Sr. Planner with Redwood Community Action Agency forwarded me a link to a grant and said, “Hey, this might work for Jefferson”. When I read the Notice of Funding Availability for the Parklands and Community Revitalization Program it sounded like it was written just for us! 6 weeks later we submitted a proposal and now, WOW!!! It is such a relief to pay off the property and it really will help us keep space affordable for programs that wish to operate at the site.

    Also this Sunday October 7th we are hosting the Heritage Society Home Tour. Access Humboldt will also be on site to record stories and memories of Jefferson. The Heritage Society will be serving refreshments at the school and we will be open for a tour.
    We have also been awarded a CalFresh Grant through Humboldt County Health and Human Services to help us get some up dated kitchen equipment and get our kitchen up and running. Anyone with any connections to people with used commercial restaurant equipment (pots pans, utensils) please let us know (message us through FaceBook or email or call).

    We have also had over 700 volunteers serve at our site this year, over $130,000 in cash donations, donations of services, materials, expertise, suggestions, prayers. You name it, our community has come forward overwhelmingly to support this effort.

    Thank you everyone!! And come check us out at the Heritage Society Tour Sunday and tell your Jefferson Story!!!

    Heidi Benzonelli, President
    Westside Community Improvement Association

  159. October 5, 2012 at 9:21 am

    OK, I can’t bring myself to put this BRILLIANT video cartoon on the front page. But if you thought “Instruction Book for Life” was too sappy, this is a bracing alternative look at tolerance through history. It features Andy Williams singing. Thanks, Suzanne.

    Caution: graphic, like South Park

    http://blog.ninapaley.com/2012/10/01/this-land-is-mine/

  160. Plain Jane
    October 5, 2012 at 9:47 am

    Excellent, Mitch!

  161. October 6, 2012 at 1:35 pm

    I’ll let you find out for yourself who he is… but I’ll give you a hint. He sits on a science committee.

  162. HUUFC
    October 10, 2012 at 8:51 am

    Today’s T-S has a front page article from the anti USA group Amnesty International about the just awful conditions for convicts at Pelican Bay State Prison in Crescent City. While I understand that AI and the T-S just don’t like the United States and they are free to print whatever they want, why isn’t the article on the internet so we can comment on the biased reporting?

  163. HUUFC
    October 11, 2012 at 2:19 pm

    Correction, the T-S published the article on Monday the eighth on the internet and on the front page of the paper on the tenth. It is avalible under the local news tab. It is still crap though.

  164. FUUHC
    October 11, 2012 at 3:03 pm

    yeah, americans be evil people, we need to lock up lots of americans. vote yes for more prisun gards and shop at wal*mart for low prices always

  165. October 14, 2012 at 9:12 am

    Earth is doomed!! God is going to wipe the surface of the world clean
    and start over! He likes the idea of the Mayan date of destruction.
    December 21 2012! Man has been warned—but doesn’t listen!
    Meet Humboldt astronomers Ravi Najir and Sam Klein-two
    Humboldt doctoral students PHD grunts about to save the world!
    Winning a slot on the Hubble Space Telescope—Najir and Klein become
    the first astronomers to observe an explosive cosmic event in the
    heavens. Where the Crab Nebula used to be—God has
    formed a new planet and sun. On a whim, the boys
    name their discovery the Master Kush Formation.
    Fame and fortune follow and the two find themselves in a
    high-roller suite in Las Vegas. Learning Earth’s fate for the first time
    while engaged in a game of Texas Hold-em at the Luxor, the
    academics are engaged to save the world by none other than four unlikely
    agents of God. Jesus, Moses, Mohammed and Buddha. All come to
    Earth—and all serious, hard-betting card sharks.
    In a fast paced run around history, the globe , space and
    Las Vegas, the students make it all happen! Join them as they
    travel at high speed across time, the internet, the oceans and space.
    Fun to read, serious at times–always entertaining, God Shuffles will
    challenge the reader to think while promoting a chuckle.
    Have Fun!!!

  166. HUUFC
    October 17, 2012 at 6:26 pm

    Another muslim stung by the FBI, the bomb was inert material and the building was the Federal Reserve Bank in Manhattan, New york City. He was only “quazi mohammand”, not “full mohammand”.

  167. Mitch
    October 18, 2012 at 9:26 am

    From AP:

    NEW YORK (AP) — A federal appeals court in Manhattan has become the second in the nation to strike down the Defense of Marriage Act as unconstitutional.

    The 2nd U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals issued its ruling Thursday. The decision upholds a lower court judge who ruled that the 1996 law that defines marriage as involving a man and a woman was unconstitutional.

    The three-judge panel says the law violates equal protection. A federal appeals court in Boston earlier this year also found it unconstitutional.

    The issue is expected to be decided by the Supreme Court.

  168. Plain Jane
    October 18, 2012 at 10:23 am

    What was up with that prolonged siren in the south bay area?

  169. Mitch
    October 18, 2012 at 10:41 am

    Here’s the second circuit’s ruling striking down DOMA as unconstitutional — apparently one of the two justices in the majority is an extreme conservative. Good for him!

    http://www.ca2.uscourts.gov/decisions/isysquery/1afe4f62-fbf9-4e0d-a409-26ab7396971e/1/doc/12-2335_complete_opn.pdf

    The question was, why should the widow in a marriage performed in Canada have to pay estate taxes on the inheritance left her by her spouse, just because her spouse was a woman? The court’s answer: no valid reason, stop the discriminatory practice.

  170. Mitch
    October 18, 2012 at 11:21 am

    The second court’s ruling is crisp, no-nonsense, step-by-step and let’s get this over with; in a word, it is “awesome.”

    Here’s my favorite paragraph:

    Our straightforward legal analysis sidesteps the fair
    11 point that same-sex marriage is unknown to history and
    12 tradition. But law (federal or state) is not concerned with
    13 holy matrimony. Government deals with marriage as a civil
    14 status–however fundamental–and New York has elected to
    15 extend that status to same-sex couples. A state may enforce
    16 and dissolve a couple’s marriage, but it cannot sanctify or
    17 bless it. For that, the pair must go next door.

  171. October 26, 2012 at 12:27 am

    http://www.ursulakleguin.com/FlyingSquirrels.html#FlyingSquirrel012 :

    Why Everyone is Moving from New York, New Orleans, and Los Angeles to Chico, Cloverdale, and PetalumaAnne Rice, talking to Maureen Dowd (“She’s Fit to be Tied,” The New York Times, March 31, 2012):

    “Very few people act out their fantasies, except in Northern California.”

  172. October 26, 2012 at 7:14 am

    by the way, Eric, anything I may put here is for you also, with a nod, as don’t know another way for the Sohum.

  173. Mitch
    October 26, 2012 at 7:38 am

    Found this delightful gift this morning via Kurzweil’s weekly mailing:

  174. Mitch
    October 26, 2012 at 8:47 am

    Memo from Americorp, Tech Fix Division, Dept of Clean, Safe, Too Cheap to Meter:

    http://spectrum.ieee.org/tech-talk/energy/nuclear/fukushima-fish-still-radioactive

  175. Tsunami Advisory, Mag 7.7 British Columbia
    October 27, 2012 at 10:53 pm

    BULLETIN
    PUBLIC TSUNAMI MESSAGE NUMBER 6
    NWS WEST COAST/ALASKA TSUNAMI WARNING CENTER PALMER AK
    1044 PM PDT SAT OCT 27 2012

    THE ADVISORY HAS BEEN EXPANDED TO INCLUDE NORTHERN CALIFORNIA AND
    SOUTHERN OREGON.

    …THE TSUNAMI WARNING CONTINUES IN EFFECT FOR THE COASTAL
    AREAS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA AND ALASKA FROM THE NORTH TIP OF
    VANCOUVER ISLAND BRITISH COLUMBIA TO CAPE DECISION
    ALASKA/LOCATED 85 MILES SE OF SITKA/…

    …THE TSUNAMI ADVISORY IS MODIFIED TO INCLUDE THE COASTAL
    AREAS OF CALIFORNIA AND OREGON FROM GUALALA POINT
    CALIFORNIA/LOCATED 80 MILES NW OF SAN FRANCISCO/ TO
    DOUGLAS-LANE COUNTY LINE OREGON/10 MILES SW OF FLORENCE/…

  176. Mag 7.7 British Columbia
    October 27, 2012 at 11:00 pm

    A 7.7-magnitude quake struck off the coast of Queen Charlotte Islands in Canada late Saturday, triggering a tsunami warning as far as Hawaii.

  177. Mitch
    October 28, 2012 at 7:45 am

    One man tries to bypass governments:

  178. blundter
    October 29, 2012 at 2:32 pm

    You think Eureka politics is dirty? Palomar College District election for perspective.

    http://www.utsandiego.com/news/2012/oct/29/candidate-calls-sex-doll-claims-inflated/

  179. October 31, 2012 at 9:51 am

    Wet and Cold Winter Storms Coming to Humboldt County!

    Let us remember the men, the women and the children, our brothers and sisters, our mothers and fathers, our sons and daughters who are huddled under a bush shivering in the rain.

    Please join me in contacting Eureka Mayor Frank Jager and requesting that he use the emergency powers vested in him to open an emergency shelter in a city facility for our homeless during this rainy period, and during the rainy periods to come this winter.

    Mayor’s Office: (707) 441-4200

    Mayor Jager Email: fjager@ci.eureka.ca.gov

    It is the responsibility of our government to care for the vulnerable among us. Until the mid-1980s muncipal facilities in Eureka were routinely opened for humanitarian purposes during bad weather events. What have we become?

    please forward this email to anyone who cares!

    Thank you,

    have a peaceful day,

    Bill

  180. 06em
    November 2, 2012 at 8:38 am

    For anyone who hasn’t voted yet, and is thinking Yes on 35 (Human Trafficking Penalties) please check out this well-reasoned post against 35:

    http://www.rhrealitycheck.org/article/2012/11/01/prop-35

  181. Plain Jane
    November 2, 2012 at 9:05 am

    I saw way too many “could’s” and “possibly’s” in that article which were then extrapolated into “would’s” and “will’s,” as the case against was built there, 06em. But I’ve already voted in favor after reading a variety of pro and con arguments.

  182. tra
    November 6, 2012 at 11:09 am

    While the election is obviously the big news today, something that could have a really important impact locally is that a collaborative group has been formed which includes both Healthy Humboldt and HumCPR — along with myriad other “stakeholder” groups including the Mattole Restoration Council, the North Coast Home Builders’ Association, Humboldt United Stand, the local Civil Liberties Monitoring Project, the Humboldt Builders’ Exchange, California Center for Rural Policy, the local Complete Streets Working Group and the Humboldt Association of Realtors — and will be working together to help identify areas of broad consensus on the General Plan.

    http://www.times-standard.com/localnews/ci_21937911/county-supes-delay-talk-general-plan-update-new?source=rss

    [Just to be clear, although the T-S article makes it sound like Lee Ulansey was speaking on behalf of Healthy Humboldt, a comment in the Facebook comments thread, from Hezekiah of the Mattole Restoration Council clarified that Ulansey of HumCPR was standing alongside Dan Ehresman of Healthy Humboldt and announcing the joint effort, not that Ulansey was acting the spokesman for Healthy Humboldt]

    This seems like it could potentially be a very positive development, and one that, although it may slow down the process a bit in the short term, might help the supervisors work toward an outcome that a majority of Humboldt residents can support, at least on most points. The groups made it clear that they do not expect to reach consensus on every single policy option, but hope to both identify areas of agreement, and also improve the dialogue on issues where significant disagreement remains.

    Time will tell as to whether this effort will be fruitful in improving that dialogue, but it does seem like this approach may help ensure that as the process moves forward, advocates of different options will at least be talking TO each other, instead of, as often seems to be the case, talking PAST each other. In any event, I applaud these folks for their efforts, and wish them well.

  183. frex
    November 6, 2012 at 7:23 pm

    Just made a bad choice for dinner, while waiting for my grease, noticed a crew of dirty tradesmen, just off a job so I asked, where are you guys from? Answer, Reno, outfit named Refco I think. They were all happy and proud, you feel that way after a hard days work, I asked, what are you building? they said, they were doing clean up and demo over at fox farms. I said, how’d you get the job? They said, just gotta know the right people I guess.

    Funny how these local businessmen pound their chest jobs jobs jobs but when there actually is an opportunity to put some locals to work.who do they hire? the lowest bidder.

    Boycot Fox Farms!

  184. Mitch
    November 9, 2012 at 6:36 am

    Maybe this will be a kind of fitting end to the GOP campaign against (mythical) voter fraud, as opposed to the all-too-possible election fraud conducted via insiders and unverifiable electronic paperless voting machines.

    http://tpmmuckraker.talkingpointsmemo.com/2012/11/republicans_voter_fraud_tests.php?ref=fpb

  185. Plain Jane
    November 9, 2012 at 8:47 am

    But, but, but the GOP has been saying for YEARS if you don’t have to show an ID you can vote as many times as you want!

    ““From what we understand, he was trained by the Republican Party,” Sandoval (Chief of Police) of told TPM.”

    If so, everyone involved should be prosecuted for conspiracy to commit election and voter fraud.

  186. Plain Jane
  187. November 10, 2012 at 12:47 pm

    Yeah, that’s pretty good, Jane, and even when I’m feeling one more word about US politics would be like encountering a dull drill at the dentist’s office.

    I did notice that he didn’t seem to say anything about the 47%, Maybe just forgotten..!…but satisfaction there is equal first with political not-majorities, and cow-wild-eyed portions of middle classers, no?

  188. 06em
    November 14, 2012 at 4:02 pm
  189. Plain Jane
    November 14, 2012 at 5:14 pm

    I read that this morning. Has to be one of the worst I’ve ever read. Hopefully it was a just a very bad night and they’ll pull it together.

  190. Plain Jane
    November 17, 2012 at 10:47 am

    Robert Reich
    We’ve got to take back our democracy and our economy. Two specific things you can do today: Join up and participate in Common Cause (whose board I’m proud to chair):

    http://www.commoncause.org/site/apps/ka/ct/contactcustom.asp?c=dkLNK1MQIwG&b=8412693

    ,

    And, if you can, help with a film on what’s happened to the American economy and what needs to be done: http://www.kickstarter.com/projects/39360185/inequality-for-all-0

  191. November 17, 2012 at 12:39 pm

  192. John Boehner
    November 17, 2012 at 7:23 pm

    What are you, a buncha terrorists?? Shop til you drop, damn you!

  193. Zeno
    November 17, 2012 at 7:40 pm

    Here’s your real Republican Party. Aren’t you proud?

  194. anonymous
    November 17, 2012 at 9:59 pm

    Zeno, get your head out of your ass and into the current century.

  195. Repping Humankind
    November 18, 2012 at 6:16 am

    Proof that racism is at the core of the modern Republican Party.

  196. anonymous
    November 18, 2012 at 8:03 am

    Proof you don’t want to think, only insult.

  197. Tokyo Roe
    November 18, 2012 at 8:38 am

    If there is a Republican in this town with enuff ballz to own what Atwater says here lets hear it. I promise I won’t insult you. How about you, Joe Bonino? Do you like what you hear? Will you “walk this talk?”

  198. Plain Jane
    November 18, 2012 at 9:12 am

    From the mouth of Atwater, racist dog whistles and how they developed it into an art form. You don’t have to say the “N” word any more and those “with the ear to hear” get the message crystal clear. They’ve been programmed for it for decades.

  199. November 18, 2012 at 10:49 am

    why does. much water frm the eel go into a tunnel into the russian river–google it!!!

  200. Goldie
    November 18, 2012 at 11:49 am

    While we have gained some skill sets (multitasking, technological savvy), other skills have suffered: the art of conversation, the art of looking at people, the art of being seen, the art of being present. Our conduct is no longer governed by subtlety, finesse, grace and attention, all qualities more esteemed in earlier decades. Inwardness and narcissism now hold sway………. The simple act of noticing my self-defensive behavior has made me think deeply about how potentially toxic ironic posturing could be.. If life has become merely a an endless series of sarcastic jokes and a competition to see who can care the least it seems we’ve made a collective misstep. Could this be the cause of our emptiness and existential malaise? Or a symptom?

    http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/17/how-to-live-without-irony/?smid=fb-share

  201. Disgusted
    November 19, 2012 at 8:45 am

    Morons. Atwater died decades ago. The statement you have above, out of context, was made more than 30 years ago.

  202. Just Watchin
    November 19, 2012 at 9:09 am

    It’s like trotting out Robert Byrd, who filibustered against the Civil Rights Act in 1964, was for the Vietnam war, and was high up in the KKK organization, as an example of todays democrat party.

  203. Martin P. Parkenfarker
    November 19, 2012 at 9:29 am

    C’mon Joe, you been tellin us for months that you “Walk the Talk”. C’ mon Joe grow some balls and defend this race baiting uber Republican Atwater. Maybe atl the walking an talking is just BS. Cmon Joe say it aint so.

    Cmon Joe you are the Huimboldt Republican Party Chairman. Grow a pair.

  204. Skippy
    November 19, 2012 at 6:26 pm

    Just a Quick Note inviting folks to take a look at the Humboldt Sentinel.com.

    Some of you may not know that we exist, or that we’ve greatly improved the quality, content, and format of the site over the past year. It’s been a labor of love by a few volunteers.

    Unfortunately we’ve been blacklisted, chosen not to be linked by the rare few sites (well, actually only two; and they’re ones we like, too!) being the new kid on the block. Nonetheless, knowing we’re #2 and excluded like an ugly stepchild, we try harder.

    I hope you’ll give us a look and see the interesting reads we put up fresh every day. We always welcome submissions and comments, too, though it’s not as lively as it is here at the Herald. We’d like your help, contributions, and good humor.

    Just sayin’ …and also saying thanks. Many of our readers come from the Herald’s sidebar link bringing us to you.

    Please keep us in mind, give us a click, check us out, favorite on Facebook and follow us on Twitter– and take care and have a good Happy Thanksgiving with you and yours.

  205. November 20, 2012 at 8:56 am

    Something to be thankful for…..

    Be thankful you didn’t elect Meg Whitman. She is an incompetent fool.

    “In an interview with CNBC, Whitman said she regretted voting to approve the deal with Autonomy, which she charged with trying to divert attention away from the true state of its financials. ”

    http://www.cnbc.com/id/49900639

  206. Just Watchin
    November 20, 2012 at 10:38 am

    You have to at least give her credit for publicly stating her regret for a poor decision.

  207. 06em
    November 20, 2012 at 4:44 pm

    SNL sketch (unfortunately didn’t air) that makes a good point in defense of Guy Fieri:

    http://www.salon.com/2012/11/19/watch_snls_guy_fieri_sketch_that_didnt_air/

  208. Fantasy Rail Fan
    November 21, 2012 at 5:27 am

    Group moves ahead on Tehama-to-coast rail plan
    By RICH GREENE-Red Bluff Daily News chicoer.com
    Posted: 11/21/2012 12:08:48 AM PST

    A study to determine the feasibility of creating a rail route connecting Humboldt Bay with the national rail system in Tehama County is moving full steam ahead.
    The recently formed UpState RailConnect Committee met for the first time last week with representatives from the city of Eureka, Upstate California Economic Development Council and Humboldt, Trinity and Tehama counties.

    The committee discussed a nonprofit organization called the Landbridge Alliance and its role in accepting private donations dedicated to the feasibility study.

    The committee agreed the process will remain public regardless of whether funds are from public or private sources.

    The city of Eureka had received a $25,000 Community Development Block Grant to assist in the cost of the study.

    The study will examine the feasibility of a century-old idea to develop an east-west rail line from Humboldt Bay to Gerber. The original idea was scrapped after the 1906 San Francisco earthquake in favor of north-south routes to help rebuild the Bay Area.

    Tehama County has been chosen as the eastern connection point because of its connections with both the national rail system and Interstate 5 as well as available land to create a multi-modal terminal.

    The county hopes to benefit through job creation and international routes for produce exports. Tehama County has not pledged any monetary support to the plan at this time.

    The county has two spots on the committee and is being represented by Supervisor-elect Steve Chamblin and Chief Administrator Bill Goodwin. Eureka Councilman Lance Madsen was appointed chairman of the RailConnect Committee and Humboldt County Supervisor Rex Bohn as vice-chairman.

    The committee hopes to conduct public outreach and develop the scope of work for the feasibility study, obtain funding for the study, retain a consultant and if the study is found feasible to identify capital and investors for the project.

  209. Plain Jane
    November 21, 2012 at 9:21 am

    06em, that was my immediate take on the review which I only read because it was about Guy Fieri. “You can LeCirque my LeJerk!” was priceless. I’ll bet Guy wishes he’d said it.

  210. 06em
    November 22, 2012 at 11:33 am
  211. Not exactly Bradley Manning
    November 22, 2012 at 5:44 pm

    Got an email from my mother-in-law saying some of the “younger” folks at their gathering in Florida are going Black Friday shopping tonight. Am I the only American left who would rather have a root canal than go Black Friday shopping at night? Should I start watching the skies for drones?

  212. November 23, 2012 at 4:39 pm

    Went to “Walmart” to show solidarity with my fellow workers. There was not one worker out front. I guess it just comes down to: “Do I give up the only job available? Or do I attempt to raise the awareness of people who don’t give a damn?”

  213. Just Watchin
    November 23, 2012 at 5:13 pm

    Looks like the employees appreciate the fact that they have a job. If they are fellow workers Moviedad, does that mean that you work at Walmart??

  214. November 24, 2012 at 7:26 am

    We all work for “Walmart.”

  215. Plain Jane
    November 24, 2012 at 9:07 am

    Walmart employees receive over 2 billion in taxpayer subsidies which are, in effect, a subsidy of Walmart profits. Even those of us who wouldn’t go to Walmart on a bet subsidize their profits. No company that is making a profit should have 80% of their workforce on the taxpayer teat.

  216. Just Watchin
    November 24, 2012 at 9:42 am

    PJ…..did you run into Moviedad at the protest? If you’re going to talk the talk, you should walk the walk.

  217. November 25, 2012 at 11:51 am

    Alleged shoplifter dies after being subdued by Walmart workers

    Share

    favorite

    Vote (0)

    Sponsored Links

    Win an Ipad! Vote to enter.

    Visit hawks.com for tickets & real time game info!

    By Jill Vejnoska

    The Black Friday shopping weekend apparently took a tragic turn early Sunday morning when an alleged shoplifter died while being apprehended by employees outside a Lithonia Walmart.

    Two associates who helped catch and subdue the suspect before police arrived have been placed on leave; a security officer who police say may have placed the suspected thief in a choke hold, is no longer employed by Walmart.

    “No amount of merchandise is worth someone’s life,” Walmart spokesperson Dianna Gee said Sunday in a statement that emphasized that it was early in the investigation into the incident and all the facts were not known yet. “Associates are trained to disengage from situations that would put themselves or others at risk.”

    DeKalb police say that the unidentified man took two DVD players from the Walmart at 5401 Fairington Road around 1:30 a.m. The man, who appeared to be middle aged, exited through the front door, but was caught by the employees in the parking lot where a “physical altercation” took place, according to the police report.

    When police arrived, they found the employees on top of the man. An officer who handcuffed the suspected shoplifter detected no resistance from him and ordered the employees off. Police found the man to be unresponsive and bleeding from his nose and mouth. Emergency units responded and transported him to DMC-Hillandale Hospital, where he was pronounced dead.

    “This is truly a sad situation,” Gee said. “We don’t know all of the facts right now. We’re in the process of working with law enforcement to deterimine all of the facts and cooperating and providing any information we have to assist in the investigation.

    The preliminary investigation indicates the victim was placed in a choke hold by the security officer. The cause and manner of death is to be determined by the DeKalb Medical Examiner’s office. A spokesman said no information on the victim would be released until Monday.

    The two Walmart associates involved in the incident have been suspended with pay pending the investigation of the outcome, Gee said, adding that, “The security officer involved will no longer be providing services to us.”

    http://www.ajc.com/news/news/crime-law/alleged-shoplifter-dies-after-being-subdued-by-wal/nTFPx/

  218. November 25, 2012 at 1:39 pm

    Ok, Bill, and this human tragedy shows what about Walmart, exactly?

    Besides that their representative is as appalled as anyone else would be.

    More of the big negative approach from those who deploy it, am afraid.

  219. Just Watchin
    November 25, 2012 at 1:45 pm

    Guess he should have tapped out.

  220. November 25, 2012 at 4:32 pm

    It shows you the societal end point, the consequences, of a sociopathic predatory capitalist organisation like Walmart. Poor wages, high employee turnover, poor training.

    The corporations “duty” is to maiximize profits for shareholders? Corporations are “persons?” When “persons” act SOLELY for their own benefit without regard to other people, we call them SOCIOPATHS.

    Notice that the walmart worker was thrown under the bus within hours. No, I am not saying he was justified if he choked someone to death. I am just pointing out the level of loyalty Walmart shows to its employees. No doubt his former loss prevention boss was terminated because of too many losses, so this one was determined to stop the thieves at any cost. Or maybe thats just the level of loss prevention that $9.00 an hour gets you. It’s like Mad Max but for minimum wage.

    Of course if the Republicans get their way, the cops and firemen and nurses and teachers will be making $9.00 an hour too. Everything will be so much cheaper and better for the poor people.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  221. November 25, 2012 at 6:30 pm

    Bill, I’m no friend of Wal-Mart, at least in the latter day data-crunching behemoth version, though I do remember the friendly little stores in very out-back and not much served areas of Wyoming which they once were..

    However, from its beginning, most you write here is either presumption of situations neither of us have facts about, slanted against; or plain old boilerplate, capitals included, which is not worth going into because it is far too simplistic.

    None of this is the least bit fair, and coating it in the presumed depredations on ‘working people’ doesn’t make it so.

    ‘Endpoints’ are like the medical tests that feed lab rats tremendous overdoses and then call cancer or other upset. Ecologies, if you understand them, shift and adjust long before endpoints, or they die out. What we call political economy is one (or a number) of those.

    I think we would want to be fair, and also effective. That takes as far as I know depth and specific detail, because those are the only places you are going to find new avenues.

    All I want to say on the matter for now, except the two concepts: fair, and new avenues.

    Good day to you also, Bill. I seem to remember that beyond our decades-ago innocence, ‘peace’ is one more of those things very ideological people insisted they identified with. How that could be true, quite dangerous territory. You don’t have to agree..

  222. November 27, 2012 at 10:39 pm

    America is a paradise for some of us. It could be a paradise for all of us if huge employers like Walmart shared the profits with its workers. If companies felt responsible to their communities and put US jobs first. If greed became a sin and creating wealth for all a virtue..
    Oh well, one can dream.

  223. HUUFC
    November 28, 2012 at 1:55 pm

    The nation is facing the fiscal cliff, the debt limit of $16.5 trillion is a few weeks away. Where is Presidential leadership? He is still spouting class warfare. Does he want the country to collapse?

  224. Joan
    November 28, 2012 at 9:10 pm

    “Oh well, one can dream.”

    All the weary mothers of the earth shall finally rest,
    We shall take their babies in their arms and do our best.
    When the sun is low upon the field
    To love and music they will yield,
    And the weary mothers of the earth shall rest.

    And the farmer on his tractor and beside his plow
    Shall stand there in confusion as we wet his brow
    With the tears of all the businessmen
    Who see what they have done to him,
    And the weary farmers of the earth shall rest.

    And the aching workers of the world again shall sing
    These words in mighty choruses to all will bring:
    “We shall no longer be the poor
    For no one owns us any more,”
    And the workers of the world again shall sing.

    When the soldiers burn their uniforms in every land,
    And the foxholes of the borders will be left unmanned,
    General, when you come for your review,
    The troops will have forgotten you,
    And the men and women of the earth shall rest.

  225. November 29, 2012 at 8:44 am

    ILWU Clerks Strike, Close Down Ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach

    http://urlet.com/gotham.surprises

  226. Just Watchin
    November 29, 2012 at 9:20 am

    Congratulations to the Humboldt area for it’s contribution to the Jimmy Kimmel show the other night. The country is still laughing at you.

  227. November 29, 2012 at 11:59 am

    The communist selected President’s Gun Ban List is out, and it’s bad news. They’re going after the courts, regulatory agencies, firearms dealers, and statutes in an all-out effort to restrict We the people. Gun bans will impact our freedoms under search & seizure, due process, confiscated property, state’s rights, free speech, right to assemble, and more, in addition to the Second Amendment. Remember, the first step in dictatorship is to disarm the people. It’s registration and then confiscation. They need proof of crime to seize. What is crime? You already know this – murder, rape, theft – harm to another Life Form. Otherwise, IT’S ALL COMMERCIAL. They want to apply the ‘letter’ of the law, and not the spirit of the law. “The spirit of this country is totally adverse to a large military force.” Jefferson

    “They say that this is a country of laws, well, when the law itself is lawless by application and when the intent of the law is for extortion of wealth or reprisal over protection of the people, then the letter of the law itself becomes mute, and the application thereof a crime in itself to be repudiated.” (I wrote WJB – don’t know who).

    Jefferson quotes: (BTW, Jefferson along with Samuel Adams, John Adams, Patrick Henry, and many others, refused to sign the Federal Constitution. Patrick Henry said that, ‘he smelt a rat.’)

    “If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization, it expects what never was or will be.”
    “Every citizen should be a soldier. This was the case with the Greeks and Romans and must be that for every free state.”
    “Mankind are more disposed to suffer, while the evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they have become accustomed.”

    “The earth belongs to the living, not the dead.” This corpse oration recording/programming has been playing on re-run for centuries.

    Devolution (1545) – transference (as of rights, authority, responsibility) to another; especially the surrender of powers to local authorities by a central government.

  228. Plain Jane
    November 29, 2012 at 1:12 pm

    GQ name Romney as the #1 Least Influential Person in 2012. He is finally #1 at something.

  229. November 29, 2012 at 8:56 pm

    Joan? Are those some of the lyrics from the “le International?” [spell?]

  230. November 29, 2012 at 9:09 pm

    No, it’s Joan her self, moviedad. I looked it up last night:

    Here are some lyrics to L’Internationale, French ones towards the bottom. There is a little relation, but you’ll see they’re not the same.

    http://www.marxists.org/history/ussr/sounds/lyrics/international.htm

    Ah, Joan. I remember several episodes with her up close, back in the Bay Area day. Especially the overnight seminar/something-like-Esalen event on non-violence, with her philosopher Richard Sandperl.

  231. Just Watchin
    November 30, 2012 at 7:01 am

    Plain Jane :GQ name Romney as the #1 Least Influential Person in 2012. He is finally #1 at something.

    And Michelle Obama, who has a world stage to perform on, finished 7th.

  232. Anonymous
    November 30, 2012 at 7:03 am

    Quebec succeeded in pushing out a 75% tuition increase through months of mobilization, protestation, and voting out the government.

    How Quebec was won

    http://campusprogress.org/articles/how_quebec_was_won/

  233. Just Watchin
    November 30, 2012 at 7:08 am

    Did anyone notice that Obama signed legislation that reduces pell grants to approx. 100,000 students? The media kept it pretty quiet prior to the elections, but it’s coming out now.

  234. Casey Jones
    November 30, 2012 at 8:09 am

    This is your future if Arkley and his houseboy Tyson get ther way………Just think Mad River

    A bridge collapsed in southern New Jersey early Friday, derailing a freight train and spilling carloads of toxic chemicals.

    Emergency crews rushed to Paulsboro after four railroad tank cars were dumped into the Mantua Creek and began leaking vinyl chloride, the Gloucester County Times reported.

    About 18 people reported breathing difficulties, according to the newspaper.

    No deaths were reported.

    Residents of Paulsboro, West Deptford and East Greenwich Township were told to stay inside after the crash.

    Vinyl chloride is a colorless gas and known human carcinogen, according to the Environmental Protection Agency. Exposure to it affects the central nervous system and can cause dizziness, drowsiness, headaches and giddiness.

    Read more: http://www.nydailynews.com/news/national/train-derails-n-spills-toxic-chemicals-article-1.1210839#ixzz2DireJ8OF

  235. November 30, 2012 at 8:41 am
  236. Plain Jane
    November 30, 2012 at 9:16 am

    It’s interesting that the “conservative” agenda is more similar to authoritarian models than democratic ones, Mitch. They have no problem using virtual (and even actual!) slave labor and destruction of the environment for greater profit and they have no respect for anyone’s rights or views but their own. Right wing “freedom” is just another word for exploitation of anyone, anything, anywhere, all the time for profit and power.

  237. November 30, 2012 at 9:28 am

    Interesting, indeed.

    I think I’ve mentioned here that I’ve been reading Steven Pinker’s “On the Better Angels of our Nature.” Pinker is always great, though I find myself resisting much of what he is asserting and documenting.

    Among (many) other things, he points out that liberals and conservatives tend to have differing moralities, with conservatives actually moralizing about more things than liberals. The things that conservatives include in their moral focus but liberals do not include loyalty and respect for authority. (So, for example, many conservatives have less of a problem with nepotism — family loyalty trumps office loyalty — than do liberals.)

    He also points out that things like Peter Singer’s expanding circle of concern (Singer is best known for animal rights activism) are hard to reconcile with some conservative values, but that the civilizing trend has moved from conservative conceptions of morality towards liberal.

  238. Plain Jane
    November 30, 2012 at 9:47 am

    Once you get off the reality track you can believe anything, Mitch; even that restricting the rights of others is freedom.

  239. December 1, 2012 at 11:32 am

    The Astounding World of the Future

    A funny mid-20th century newsreel featuring amazingly accurate predictions of the year 2000.

    BEST SHORT FILM – New York Comedy Film Festival

    OFFICIAL SELECTION
    Montrael Just For Laughs Comedy Festival
    Chicago Short Film Festival

    Written and Directed by Scott Dikkers

    Starring Tim Harrod, Maria Schneider
    DP: Natalie Richter

  240. Just Watchin
    December 1, 2012 at 11:47 am

    highboldtage :
    The Astounding World of the Future
    A funny mid-20th century newsreel featuring amazingly accurate predictions of the year 2000.
    BEST SHORT FILM – New York Comedy Film Festival
    OFFICIAL SELECTIONMontrael Just For Laughs Comedy FestivalChicago Short Film Festival
    Written and Directed by Scott Dikkers
    Starring Tim Harrod, Maria SchneiderDP: Natalie Richter

    I can’t wait till someone responds with 113 different examples of why this couldn’t be from the mid 20th century. LOL

  241. Anonymous
    December 1, 2012 at 12:04 pm

    Just Watchin is a troll. Please do not respond to his provocations.

  242. December 3, 2012 at 7:14 pm

    You’re absolutely right Ms Jane. I’m sure there would be argument as to what defines “reality,” and that is also a part of the delusional mind. Many on the right feel they have “morals” and progressives don’t, based solely on the abortion issue. Compassion for the poor is another area where the right feels it has the moral high ground. They feel that giving food and shelter to the homeless and the addicted is doing them a disservice by enabling their bad behavior. Once this kind of thinking is put in place, there is no area where they can’t claim the high ground against those of us who feel that “reality” is what is going on now, this minute; in people’s lives. Most of these hard-nosed right-wingers would melt if they had to actually deal with a family living in a car with their kids. They take great care to avoid ever coming into real contact with the suffering. It would weaken their Calvinist philosophy.
    Yeah, yeah; I do know how they “say” they feel about these issues. All one has to do is listen to any one of them for five minutes, and they’ll tell you the same things I just said about them.

  243. Plain Jane
    December 7, 2012 at 8:55 am

    “Bangladesh has the lowest garment wages in the world, and many of the Tazreen factory’s victims were young rural women with little education, who earned as little as $45 a month in an industry that now accounts for $19 billion in exports.”

    “In Bangladesh, factory fires have been a persistent problem, with the International Labor Rights Forum saying more than 600 garment workers have died in such fires since 2005.”

    “Mr. Hossain said a team from Walmart’s local office conducted a compliance audit last year and faulted the factory for excessive overtime, while making no mention of fire safety or other issues.”

    http://www.nytimes.com/2012/12/07/world/asia/bangladesh-fire-exposes-safety-gap-in-supply-chain.html?ref=global-home

    How many pennies do you think they would have to add to each item (90 seconds to make a jacket hood for $45 a month pay) made in sweatshops (or take from shareholder dividends) to provide safe working conditions?

  244. Plain Jane
    December 7, 2012 at 9:08 am

    If a garment worker can make a jacket hood in 90 seconds and earns $45 a month for 160 hours, and you know she works longer hours than that, her hourly rate would be approx 28 cents. If it takes 90 seconds to make a jacket hood and she makes 40 hoods in an hour, the cost of her labor would be .007 per jacket hood.

  245. Just Watchin
    December 7, 2012 at 9:23 am

    Kevin Gardner, a Walmart spokesman, said the company stopped authorizing production at Tazreen “many months before the fire.” Walmart warned on two seperate inspections that Tazreen was in violation of fire codes.
    This article puts responsibility where it belongs:on the local government:

    http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/12/07/bangladesh-factory-fire_n_2256741.html?utm_hp_ref=business

  246. December 8, 2012 at 11:34 am

    From the best Xmas record of all times:

  247. Just Watchin
    December 8, 2012 at 2:39 pm

    When the state starts blaming Facebook for missing it’s revenue budget, you know it’s in trouble. Wait till all the future millionaires establish residence in “no state tax” states before they cash in.

    http://blogs.sacbee.com/capitolalertlatest/2012/12/california-revenues-lag-due-to-facebook-corporate-refunds.html#mi_rss=Business

  248. Plain Jane
    December 11, 2012 at 7:04 am

    House Democratic candidates won about 50.5 percent of the national vote but only took 46 percent of seats. In 40 years only in 1996 did the party that won the majority of votes end up with a minority of the house. There are 2 factors at play here, redistricting dominated by Republican legislatures and concentration of Democratic voters in cities.

    In NC, Democratic House candidates won 51 percent of the vote, but only 27 percent of the House seats.

    The Republican advantage in House seats gives them no incentive to work for the majority because they have created a system in which they can stay in office against even the majority in their own states.

    http://www.nytimes.com/2012/12/11/us/politics/in-talks-house-majority-weighs-loyalty-to-voters.html?pagewanted=1&hp

  249. Plain Jane
    December 11, 2012 at 7:24 am

    In PA, where President Obama won 52% of the vote and Democratic candidates for House seats won the majority of votes statewide, Democrats only “won” 5 out of 18 House seats.

  250. Plain Jane
    December 11, 2012 at 7:50 am

    Public Buses Across Country Quietly Adding Microphones to Record Passenger Conversations

    http://www.wired.com/threatlevel/2012/12/public-bus-audio-surveillance/

  251. December 11, 2012 at 10:00 am

    Livestreams, info on today’s Michigan Union protests against “right to work”

    http://www.democraticunderground.com/10021960772

  252. Just Watchin
    December 11, 2012 at 6:12 pm

    Plain Jane :
    Public Buses Across Country Quietly Adding Microphones to Record Passenger Conversations
    http://www.wired.com/threatlevel/2012/12/public-bus-audio-surveillance/

    Something that everyone, regardless of political leaning, should be concerned with.

  253. Just Watchin
  254. That Man
    December 13, 2012 at 3:29 pm

    so when i go to sleep at night because if i don’t sleep… i Die its called illegal camping; but when some fanatics camp out for the new Hobbit film its legal. now don’t get me wrong I’m a fanatic to0; i would probably spend 3 days camping out for the first multimillion dollar Megaten movie (dreaming of Shin Megami Tensei: Devil Summoner – Raidou Kuzunoha vs the Twilight Glittering Vampires) but luckily hell will probably be full of bunnies by then~. never the less the blatant selective enforcement of the law is obvious.

  255. Anonymous
    December 14, 2012 at 9:47 am

    real time coverage of shooting tragedy in conn:

    http://tinyurl.com/cxfslqt

  256. Anonymous
    December 14, 2012 at 10:30 am

    The more guns there are, the safer everybody is. Right?

  257. Just Watchin
    December 15, 2012 at 9:42 am
  258. Anonymous
    December 15, 2012 at 1:01 pm

    Anonymous :
    The more guns there are, the safer everybody is. Right?

    Just think of how many children might still be alive if even one school employee had been carrying a firearm.

  259. Smith A. Wesson
    December 15, 2012 at 1:59 pm

    . . .or if each of the kids had his or her own cute little Glock. . .Great stocking-stuffers!

  260. Anonymous
    December 16, 2012 at 8:52 am

    Many single women, a key bloc, are avoiding GOP

    By NICHOLAS RICCARDI

    DENVER — Sara Stevenson spends her working hours surrounded by Republicans, namely the married men who work alongside her in a Denver oil and gas firm company. But after hours and on weekends, she usually spends her time with other single women, and there’s not a Republican in sight among the bunch.

    Read more here: http://www.sacbee.com/2012/12/15/5056221/many-single-women-a-key-bloc-are.html#mi_rss=Latest%20News#storylink=cpy

  261. Anonymous
    December 16, 2012 at 8:58 am
  262. Big Al
    December 16, 2012 at 10:21 am

    will making Linda Atkins M
    ayor Pro Tem eliminate her from voting when she serves as such? what a swell way to neutralize her, such an honor…

  263. Anonymous
    December 16, 2012 at 11:01 am

    No, as Mayor Pro Tem she casts any tie breaking vote……so no difference really.

  264. Just Watchin
    December 16, 2012 at 4:39 pm

    Anonymous :
    Many single women, a key bloc, are avoiding GOP
    By NICHOLAS RICCARDI
    DENVER — Sara Stevenson spends her working hours surrounded by Republicans, namely the married men who work alongside her in a Denver oil and gas firm company. But after hours and on weekends, she usually spends her time with other single women, and there’s not a Republican in sight among the bunch.
    Read more here: http://www.sacbee.com/2012/12/15/5056221/many-single-women-a-key-bloc-are.html#mi_rss=Latest%20News#storylink=cpy

    So…..this lesbo hangs with women. Where’s the surprise here???

  265. Anonymous
    December 16, 2012 at 11:11 pm

    Just Wankin’ keeps at it

  266. Plain Jane
    December 18, 2012 at 5:12 am

    Remember the Mexican Walmart bribery story? Here’s the rest of it and it isn’t pretty:

    http://www.nytimes.com/2012/12/18/business/walmart-bribes-teotihuacan.html?hp&_r=0

  267. Plain Jane
    December 18, 2012 at 5:13 am

    “The Times’s examination reveals that Wal-Mart de Mexico was not the reluctant victim of a corrupt culture that insisted on bribes as the cost of doing business. Nor did it pay bribes merely to speed up routine approvals. Rather, Wal-Mart de Mexico was an aggressive and creative corrupter, offering large payoffs to get what the law otherwise prohibited. It used bribes to subvert democratic governance — public votes, open debates, transparent procedures. It used bribes to circumvent regulatory safeguards that protect Mexican citizens from unsafe construction. It used bribes to outflank rivals.”

  268. Just Watchin
    December 18, 2012 at 5:27 am

    Too bad BJ can’t channel her Walmart hate into something positive.

  269. Plain Jane
    December 18, 2012 at 8:14 am

    Testing. I had 2 posts in a row not post on the “unmoderated” thread.

  270. Plain Jane
    December 18, 2012 at 8:16 am

    3 posts not post.

  271. Mitch
    December 18, 2012 at 8:32 am

    They haven’t appeared in my email, PJ. There’s no difference between the unmoderated thread and the mental health thread or Quick Notes except for my behavior when things turn up in my email.

  272. Plain Jane
    December 18, 2012 at 8:39 am

    And now my posts won’t post on quick notes.

  273. HUUFC
    December 18, 2012 at 9:24 am

    Today’s T-S page B1 has an article on obummer care that outlines the problems we face. The regional administrator for Medicare breathlessly extols the free preventive health benefits, free counseling, free sexual disease screening, free weight loss counseling, and you pay nothing. (of course if your doctor accepts the medicare payment amount) He boldly states that obummer care …” strengthened Medicare in important ways.” But forgot to mention the cut in funding and the reduced payments to providers. While not lying he sure isn’t telling the truth.

  274. Mark Poll
    December 19, 2012 at 8:53 am

    David Tyson’s Legacy.

    Discuss.

    My point of view: David Tyson leaves the city of Eureka under a crushing debt burden, with crumbling infrastructure, empty storefronts and empty redevelopment parcels on the waterfront. A decade of empy promises.

    This is worthy of a thread.

  275. Smoke Monster
    December 19, 2012 at 9:13 am

    Tyson idea is worthy of its own thread..but Bitch won’t do it..she has to spend half her day appeasing BJ and assuring BJ that her posts are actually going to post eventually once Bitch figures out what the fuck she is doing.

    That and fact new regime (bitch and Kirk) won’t do any of the types of threads that H used to do which brought most of us here in the first place.
    The Herald has a fork handle sticking up out of it now that these pussies are in charge

  276. Just Watchin
    December 20, 2012 at 6:22 am

    FYI…..I didn’t post under the “Smoke Monster” name, but it appears that the “BJ” moniker is catching on !

  277. Anonymous
    December 20, 2012 at 6:23 pm

    No calls for the arcana city council to go to jail?

  278. Anonymous
    December 20, 2012 at 6:29 pm

    It looks like Arcata is just as bankrupt as Eureka is. Wonder if Eureka has any Redevelopment skeletons in its closet.

  279. Anonymous
    December 20, 2012 at 6:39 pm

    where’s all the outrage? oh…that’s right, when it’s mckinleyville, eureka, or fortuna that screws up financially, it is a conspiracy, they did it for the money, connect the dots, developers!, jail! grand jury, follow the money!

    Arcata – where they actually gave money to developers, apparently bent state rules, and have been threatened by the state.

    silence. good job, hypocrites.

  280. Laugh out Loud
    December 21, 2012 at 9:16 am

    Remembering all the libs saying Eureka is so backward and should run their city just like Arcata.

  281. Anonymous
    December 21, 2012 at 10:18 am

    In case you were thinking that President Obama and John Boehner were miles apart on reaching a fiscal cliff deal, the AP is here to help:

    Obama wants to raise taxes by about $20bn a year more than Boehner. The two men differ over spending cuts by roughly the same amount.

    By almost any measure, $20bn is real money. Yet compared to the $2.6 trillion the government expects to collect next year and to the $3.6 trillion it plans to spend, $20bn barely registers — less than 1% of what the government already is on track to raise and spend. Relative to the US economy, which should weigh in at well over $15 trillion next year, $20bn is even smaller.

  282. Anonymous
    December 21, 2012 at 10:20 am

    Mitch McConnell, the Republican minority leader in the Senate, is holding a press conference – and uses an unfortunate turn of phrase:

    This isn’t John Boehner’s problem to solve. He’s done his part. He’s bent over backwards.

    Yes, that’s an accurate description of what happened last night to John Boehner.

  283. Anonymous
    December 21, 2012 at 5:14 pm

    NRA proposes fascist national school police force to be called School Security Service – SSA.

    250,000 troops quartered in your town.

  284. Anonymous
    December 21, 2012 at 7:02 pm

    Anonymous :
    NRA proposes fascist national school police force to be called School Security Service – SSA.
    250,000 troops quartered in your town.

    It is an impractical idea but not for the moronic reason you state.

  285. December 23, 2012 at 10:08 am

    Mitch? Are you doing the whole blog now on your own? Time for “Heraldo” to pass it on.

  286. Just Watchin
    December 24, 2012 at 8:54 am

    Mitch ….. here’s a serious question that I’ve wondered about for some time. Might be a subject for a thread. I’ve watched as the liberal locals rail against practically every form of elected officials, be they school board, councils, board of Eds., board of Supes, and so forth, as being evil conservatives and Republicans. In such a liberal, democrat heavy area like Northern Calif., how does anyone but a democrat get elected? And before the “they buy the elections” rhetoric starts, it must be more than that.

  287. I´m Laughing
    December 24, 2012 at 9:04 am

    Careful. You start asking questions and the Liberal Haters will start swarming you like locusts.

  288. Anonymous
    December 24, 2012 at 9:14 am

    Most of the local elected posts are non-partisan. Most Republicans around here either change to Decline to State (the Boys of Summer) or to Democrat (like Bonnie Neeley and Virginia Bass) in order to get elected or stay in office for the higher statewide and federal offices.

  289. Just Watchin
    December 24, 2012 at 10:22 am

    Anonymous :Most of the local elected posts are non-partisan. Most Republicans around here either change to Decline to State (the Boys of Summer) or to Democrat (like Bonnie Neeley and Virginia Bass) in order to get elected or stay in office for the higher statewide and federal offices.

    From what I’ve seen on here, when blame is placed on elected officials for everything that goes wrong, and there seems to be no end to the blame game, the last thing they get called is “non-partisan”.

  290. Anonymous
    December 24, 2012 at 10:26 am

    The offices are not partisan. The office holders are clearly partisan. That should be easy to understand even for a Florida teatard.

  291. Just Watchin
    December 24, 2012 at 11:03 am

    Anonymous :The offices are not partisan. The office holders are clearly partisan. That should be easy to understand even for a Florida teatard.

    No shit the offices are non-partisan, moron. The question was how do Conservatives get elected to them in such a heavily democrat area. Geeez, do I have to explain everything to you Anon?

  292. Anonymous
    December 24, 2012 at 9:15 pm

    quick witted banter
    thought provoking cutting edge
    the herald of yore

  293. Just Watchin
    December 25, 2012 at 5:48 am

    Mitch……here’s an idea. There are so many posts under “Anonymous” that it gets confusing. Why not remove that as an option. It’s not like you’re asking anyone to divulge their real name, just make up a pseudonym.

  294. I´m serious
    December 25, 2012 at 5:58 am

    Quote from the comments tab: ¨But if you really want to be daring, invent a clever pseudonym and add it to the “name” field¨

  295. reminiscing
    December 25, 2012 at 6:48 pm

    once there was a place
    where we would share opinion
    and christmas haiku

  296. December 26, 2012 at 7:41 am

    Secret Boy Scout Molestation Files Include Cases from Ferndale, Crescent City, Fort Bragg, Ukiah, Philo, Willits, Red Bluff, Anderson, Yreka and Dorris. Also Cave Junction, Ashland and Grants Pass Oregon.

    http://spreadsheets.latimes.com/boyscouts-cases/

    Associated Press
    Published: Tuesday, Dec. 25, 2012 – 10:04 pm

    LOS ANGELES — Thousands of previously unpublished Boy Scouts of America files that detail suspected sexual abuse by employees and volunteers have been posted online.

    The Los Angeles Times ( http://lat.ms/TiA546 ) published the database containing redacted victims’ names on Tuesday, including material that was released earlier by an Oregon Supreme Court judge’s ruling. The names of the alleged abusers – including doctors, teachers, priests – are included.

  297. there, there, now...
    December 26, 2012 at 9:36 am

    there once were some bloggers from Humboldt

    whose collective iqs took a tumble

    when larry left town

    the herald crashed down

    it collapsed with hardly a rumble

  298. I´m only asking
    December 29, 2012 at 6:33 am

    What´s the difference between the Democrats being in charge of the American government and the Republicans being in charge?

    ¨Obama has already authorized 283 strikes in Pakistan, six times more than the number during President George W. Bush’s eight years in office, Bergen wrote earlier this month. As a result, the number of estimated deaths from the Obama administration’s drone strikes is more than four times what it was during the Bush administration — somewhere between 1,494 and 2,618.¨ -Sept 26, 2012

    http://edition.cnn.com/2012/09/25/world/asia/pakistan-us-drone-strikes/index.html

  299. December 29, 2012 at 11:26 am

    Hey Mitch, the first couple of articles have disappeared! I didn’t do it!

  300. Heidi Benzonelli
    December 30, 2012 at 1:48 pm

    January happenings at Jefferson

    While operating on only small grants, community donations, volunteer service and organizational partnerships WCIA is proud to announce the following opportunities at Jefferson in January.

    Youth cooking class Friday Jan 4th 11-2 contact Hannah Cory for more information, hcory at umich dot edu, youth 7-13 welcome

    NorCaliente Dance Fitness Wednesday nights beginning January 16th at 6 pm contact Adeen McBurney for more information, adoona at gmail dot com

    Fundamentals of Community Drum Thursday nights beginning January 17th at 6pm contact Bob Wolofson for more information, rwolofson at sbcglobal dot net

    Parent Voices Parenting Support Group meets January 18th 5:30 pm contact Brandy Asher BAsher at changingtidesfs dot org for more information

    Senior Action Coalition meets Wednesday January 16 11:30-2 contact Yvonne Doble for more information doble at a1aa dot org

    Martin Luther King Day Community Clean up January 21 10-2 contact Heidi at lets.buy.jefferson at gmail dot com

    We have a beautiful new ADA bathroom thanks to Timothy and Alexander Salvos fund for youth, Piersons Building Center, OBD Plumbing, TI Smith Electric and generous donations from the community, and we are chipping away at other necessities on a shoestring.

    Some of our real superstars this year were
    PG&E and Kaboom for the Playground
    Darrell at OBD Plumbing for Building Maintenance, Security as well as plumbing
    Pierson’s Building Center for donations and great pricing
    Eureka Natural Foods – for the AWESOME opportunities to provide healthy nutritious organic locally produced produce at all WCIA community events. Vellutini Baking Company, Bien Padre and New Moon Cafe for help with food for our events. A big huge list of donors is on our webpage, and of course our 700+ volunteers that have shown up and helped out this year.

    If you are in the position to make a small donation, all money is used frugally and responsibly to provide direct service to the community and is 100% tax deductible.

    Thank You Eureka…what a year :)

    In Service,

    Heidi Benzonelli, President
    Westside Community Improvement Association
    PO Box 5315
    Eureka CA 95502

  301. Heidi Benzonelli
    December 30, 2012 at 2:04 pm

    typo, sr action coalition contact is ydoble at a1aa dot org

  302. Just Watchin
    December 31, 2012 at 8:48 am

    Mitch…..what about a thread on New Year’s resolutions?

  303. Mitch
    December 31, 2012 at 9:57 am

    We went to see Les Miserables last night. I loved it, and I think the reviewers who complain about the singing are completely missing the point. I was ferklumpt, but not as ferklumpt as these folks:

  304. Anonymous
  305. January 1, 2013 at 9:23 pm

    It was strange to watch the movie “Lincoln,” and not hear one mention, or see a portrayal of Frederick Douglas. I did run to the restroom once for about a half of minute. The whole movie is about slavery and the 13th amendment, and not one word about Douglas. Not to mention the whole thing was preposterous, Lincoln wasn’t all that concerned with the plight of slaves, he was only concerned with the preservation of the Union.

  306. Smart 5th Grader
    January 2, 2013 at 5:43 am

    ¨only concerned with¨? He was the President, he had many concerns. 21st Century Sofa King´s cast their stones, what have they done to ´make´ America better?

    ¨Whenever I hear any one arguing for slavery I feel a strong impulse to see it tried on him personally.¨ -Abraham Lincoln

  307. Plain Jane
    January 2, 2013 at 8:20 am

    Moviedad is right, Smarty. Freeing the slaves was punishment for the south’s rebellion, not the reason for the civil war. The issue was the restriction of slavery to existing slave states and prohibition of slavery in future states. While Lincoln may have found slavery objectionable, he certainly didn’t believe all men were created equal.
    “I will say then that I am not, nor ever have been in favor of bringing about in anyway the social and political equality of the white and black races – that I am not nor ever have been in favor of making voters or jurors of negroes, nor of qualifying them to hold office, nor to intermarry with white people; and I will say in addition to this that there is a physical difference between the white and black races which I believe will forever forbid the two races living together on terms of social and political equality. And inasmuch as they cannot so live, while they do remain together there must be the position of superior and inferior, and I as much as any other man am in favor of having the superior position assigned to the white race. I say upon this occasion I do not perceive that because the white man is to have the superior position the negro should be denied everything.”
    Abraham Lincoln, Fourth Debate with Stephen A. Douglas at Charleston, Illinois, September 18, 1858

  308. Anonymous
    January 2, 2013 at 11:40 am

    moviedad :
    It was strange to watch the movie “Lincoln,” and not hear one mention, or see a portrayal of Frederick Douglas. I did run to the restroom once for about a half of minute. The whole movie is about slavery and the 13th amendment, and not one word about Douglas. Not to mention the whole thing was preposterous, Lincoln wasn’t all that concerned with the plight of slaves, he was only concerned with the preservation of the Union.

    Even the Smart 5th Grader is smarter than you.

  309. Smart 5th Grader
    January 2, 2013 at 2:40 pm

    Mitch or Eric. Pardon me, just posted in ¨Shut It Down¨ and now Awaiting Moderation. Please review and post, thx

  310. techno-dodo 5th Grader
    January 2, 2013 at 3:54 pm

    Now I´ve double posted on your thread Eric, apologies. Feel free to delete one, it´s your call, your thread. thx

  311. Smart 5th Grader
    January 2, 2013 at 4:09 pm

    Massive Layoffs at Security National

    Before we start celebrating Junior´s misfortune, especially me, remember, now some of our neighbors are going into 2013 without jobs. I know jobs aren´t the most important thing in life, but I want myself to show respect for the workers and their families.

    http://lostcoastoutpost.com/2013/jan/2/mass-layoffs-security-national/

  312. Smart 5th Grader
    January 2, 2013 at 4:19 pm

    ¨Lincoln wasn’t all that concerned with the plight of slaves, he was only concerned with the preservation of the Union.¨ -MD

    ¨While Lincoln may have found slavery objectionable, he certainly didn’t believe all men were created equal.¨ -PJ

    ¨Fourscore and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this continent a new nation, conceived in liberty and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal.¨ -Abraham Lincoln

    Well PJ, I don´t know what President Lincoln ¨believed¨, I´m not privy to his mind nor conscience. All I have are his words, the fact that through his leadership Slavery ended, and he was killed for this. I´ll leave what his actual ¨beliefs¨ were and what his actual ¨concerns¨were to people much more omnipotent than I am.

  313. Just Watchin
    January 3, 2013 at 7:49 am

    Anyone who has used a flexible spending account in the past should read this:http://www.bankrate.com/finance/insurance/how-health-care-reform-changes-fsas-hsas-1.aspx

  314. Just Watchin
    January 4, 2013 at 6:54 am

    AlGore goes green, as in green Benjamins. He even tried to get the sale through the last week of December, to avoid the new Obama tax increase, after re-stating recently that the wealthy need to pay more of “their fair share”liberal hipocrisy at it’s finest:http://voices.yahoo.com/al-gore-sells-current-tv-al-jazeera-making-him-11958992.html?cat=9

  315. Just Watchin
    January 4, 2013 at 9:59 am

    I’m just curious, and wondering if I can get an honest answer from the liberals that frequent this blog: Had it been Mitt Romney, instead of Al Gore, trying to do a 500 million dollar deal at the last minute to avoid the new Obama taxes kicking in, how do you think the mainstream media would have reacted?

  316. HUUFC
    January 4, 2013 at 11:43 am

    I don’t blame owlgore for not wanting to give money to the federal government to squander, but to sell out to al jazeera? NBC,CBS,PBS,NPR,ABC,MSNBS,CNN,RT, already dislike the United States why add another voice? Oh, that’s right they hate America, balanced reporting. Thank God for FOX News. Gore is a fat hypocrite.

  317. Wall-E
    January 4, 2013 at 3:16 pm

    “Thank God for FOX News.”
    How is She involved in this?

  318. January 4, 2013 at 4:56 pm

    Sorry Mitch, Eric, et al. This blog is so over. The lunatics have taken over the asylum. It used to be educational to debate true Libertarians and Republicans, but these guy’s are just weirdos who talk crap without ever adding anything to the conversation, If it was me I’d just shut it down rather than give these same creeps a platform to promote their childish ignorance.
    Moviedad has left the building.

  319. Just Watchin
    January 4, 2013 at 5:20 pm

    Just Watchin :
    I’m just curious, and wondering if I can get an honest answer from the liberals that frequent this blog: Had it been Mitt Romney, instead of Al Gore, trying to do a 500 million dollar deal at the last minute to avoid the new Obama taxes kicking in, how do you think the mainstream media would have reacted?

    I ask for one honest answer, and Movie Dad has a hissy fit and takes his toys home. I would have thought that he might be honest just once. Like Col. Jessup said in “A Few Good Men”……..you can’t handle the truth.

  320. Anonymous
    January 4, 2013 at 8:05 pm

    Just Watching? You made the mistake of assuming that Moviedad was intelligent.

  321. Just Watchin
    January 5, 2013 at 7:19 am

    Anonymous :Just Watching? You made the mistake of assuming that Moviedad was intelligent.

    I never accused MD of being intelligent. I would never do that. I did wonder if he could give an honest answer. He typically throws out “facts” that I suppose he doesn’t expect to be called on.
    I’m still looking for an honest answer to my above question. If Romney had done what Gore did, how would it have been reported??

  322. Just Watchin
    January 6, 2013 at 7:35 am

    It will be Interesting to see just how liberal a government can be, once you own it:http://www.sacbee.com/2013/01/06/5094665/dan-walters-democratic-ownership.html#mi_rss=Dan%20Walters

  323. LOL
    January 6, 2013 at 9:14 am

    I’ll just live this here.

  324. Just Watchin
    January 6, 2013 at 9:21 am

    Made me want to run out to Target and shop !!!

  325. Just Watchin
    January 6, 2013 at 5:00 pm

    How about a thread on 77% of working Americans getting a considerable tax increase, when BarryO promised it would only be on the wealthy?

  326. Anonymous
    January 6, 2013 at 5:09 pm

    I’ve noticed that extreme right wingers can’t bring themselves to address the president by his title or with any sort of respect.

  327. Just Watchin
    January 6, 2013 at 5:14 pm

    Anonymous :
    I’ve noticed that extreme right wingers can’t bring themselves to address the president by his title or with any sort of respect.

    He went by the name Barry for a large period of his life. And no comment on his lie that middle Americans would see no tax increase?

  328. Just Watchin
    January 6, 2013 at 5:28 pm

    Anonymous :
    I’ve noticed that extreme right wingers can’t bring themselves to address the president by his title or with any sort of respect.

    And I’d hardly call myself an extreme right winger. For example: I’m pro abortion, even encourage it in certain situations, I’m for certain forms of gun control, I’m for closing tax loopholes, I liked ole horndog Clinton, and I’m an atheist. Now that I read it, I think I might be a closet democrat!!

  329. Just Watchin
    January 7, 2013 at 11:20 am

    Mitch (or any Humboldt local)…..I have a question. It has recently been in the news that today’s college students feel a high sense of entitlement and even superiority over their own fellow students. Assuming Mitch that you are a long time resident (I really don’t know), and with the large student presence from CR and HSU, have you noticed any change as the years have gone by?

  330. Mitch
    January 7, 2013 at 11:37 am

    JW,

    I’ve lived in Humboldt about 15 years. I haven’t noticed any change in the college students, except they keep getting younger.

    I suspect every generation has complained that the younger generation has too much of a sense of entitlement. Humboldt is a special case environment, because the connection between education and earnings is not present due to our highest-paying entry-level industry being trimming pot.

    I’ve met a good number of young people in Humboldt (not connected with the industry, AFAIK), who have put in huge amounts of volunteer time doing hard work, and I’ve also seen young people here and elsewhere THRILLED to get a short term part time clerical job paying $15/hour.

    I suspect a lot of the “entitlement” may be that college educated young people don’t jump for joy to get paid minimum wage at McDonalds. I wouldn’t either. I’d do it if I had to, but it would be hard to fake service with a smile.

  331. Anonymous
    January 7, 2013 at 11:57 am

    They probably don’t appreciate earning minimum wage with a college degree, having to rely on food stamps and medicaid to survive without the funds to repay their student loans either.

  332. HUUFC
    January 8, 2013 at 8:51 am

    Went and saw Lincoln at the Broadway Theater last night, great movie everybody should see it.

  333. Anonymous
  334. Just Watchin
    January 10, 2013 at 5:44 am

    TOP-11 “ONLY IN AMERICA” OBSERVATIONS — BY A CANADIAN*

    1) Only in America could the rich people – who pay 86% of all income
    taxes – be accused of not paying their “fair share” by people who
    don’t pay any income taxes at all.

    2) Only in America could people claim that the government still
    discriminates against black Americans when they have a black
    President, a black Attorney General, and roughly 18% of the federal
    workforce is black while only 12% of the population is black

    3) Only in America could they have had the two people most responsible
    for our tax code, Timothy Geithner, the head of the Treasury
    Department and Charles Rangel who once ran the Ways and Means
    Committee, BOTH turn out to be tax cheats who are in favor of higher
    taxes.

    4) Only in America can they have terrorists kill people in the name of
    Allah and have the media primarily react by fretting that Muslims
    might be harmed by the backlash.

    5) Only in America would they make people who want to legally become
    American citizens wait for years in their home countries and pay tens
    of thousands of dollars for the privilege while they discuss letting
    anyone who sneaks into the country illegally just ‘magically’ become
    American citizens.

    6) Only in America could the people who believe in balancing the
    budget and sticking by the country’s Constitution be thought of as
    “extremists.”

    7) Only in America could you need to present a driver’s license to
    cash a check or buy alcohol, but not to vote.

    8) Only in America could people demand the government investigate
    whether oil companies are gouging the public because the price of gas
    went up when the return on equity invested in a major U.S. oil company
    (Marathon Oil) is less than half of a company making tennis shoes
    (Nike).

    9) Only in America could the government collect more tax dollars from
    the people than any nation in recorded history, still spend a Trillion
    dollars more than it has per year – for total spending of $7-Million
    PER MINUTE, and complain that it doesn’t have nearly enough money.

    10) Only in America could politicians talk about the greed of the rich
    at a $35,000.00 a plate campaign fund-raising event.

    11) Only in America can a man with no background, no qualifications
    and no experience … and a complete failure at his job … be
    reelected.

  335. Anonymous
    January 11, 2013 at 11:54 am

    Good post JW, good post.

    Of course it is the truth and liberals here cannot stand the truth.

  336. Mitch
  337. Wow!
    January 14, 2013 at 7:51 am

    “…And now we will have Jack Lew. What can we expect of him?

    I refer you to The Who’s lyrics. For three years before entering the Obama administration, Lew was a Citigroup executive, and for the last year he was the chief operating officer of Citigroup Alternative Investments, which made some money by betting against mortgage securities, but which lost many billions more when the crisis came. That crisis and those losses did not prevent Lew from receiving a handsome bonus, paid after he had been appointed to his first Obama administration job.

    But that isn’t his main problem. His main problem is that he has already demonstrated that he’s willing to be a typical political hack, and to give bankers what they want. In congressional testimony, he actually said, with a straight face, that deregulation had not contributed to the financial crisis.

    As The Who have warned us …”

  338. Plain Jane
    January 14, 2013 at 8:26 am

    Japan is changing tacks on economic policy, moving from failed austerity to stimulus.

    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/14/opinion/krugman-japan-steps-out.html?hp

  339. Dan
    January 14, 2013 at 9:09 am

    New post on Legal Planet: Environmental Law and Policy

    The Shape of Things to Come
    by Dan Farber
    The National Climate Assessment and Development Advisory Committee has issued a draft of its next report on U.S. climate impacts. The draft will no doubt change as a result of the public comment period, but the broad outlines are likely to stay the same.

    Here are some of the key predictions:

    Projected Temps With Different Emissions Levels (from WaPo).

    Higher temperatures. “U.S. temperatures will continue to rise, with the next few decades projected to see another 2°F to 4°F of warming in most areas. The amount of warming by the end of the century is projected to correspond closely to the cumulative global emissions of greenhouse gases up to that time: roughly 3°F to 5°F under a lower emissions scenario[and]involving substantial reductions in emissions after 2050 … and 5°F to 10°F for a higher emissions scenario assuming continued increases in emissions.”

    More extremes. “There is strong evidence to indicate that human influence on the climate has already roughly doubled the probability of extreme heat events like the record-breaking summer of 2011 in Texas and Oklahoma.”

    Higher seas. “Sea level is projected to rise by another 1 to 4 feet in this century….The stakes are high, as nearly five million Americans live within four feet of the local high-tide level.”

    Dan Farber | January 14, 2013 at 5:26 am | Categories: Climate Change | URL: http://wp.me/prxko-4Uy
    Comment See all comments

  340. Anonymous
    January 14, 2013 at 9:47 pm

    Thanks PJ. Your post shows Krugman could be very dangerous in a government position of power. The deficit is meaningless and we should simply spend our way out of the stagnation?

    obama has spent 6 TRILLION dollars in deficits in the last four years and it had no impact on the economy. And krugman’s answer is what? Spend 12 TRILLION dollars more in the next four? Are you all insane?

  341. Just Watchin
    January 15, 2013 at 4:38 am

    Anon………You ask if they (libs) are all insane. Simple answer….yes they are.

  342. Anon
    January 15, 2013 at 8:35 pm

    Is it true District Atorney Alan Dollison was fired?

  343. Anonymous
    January 15, 2013 at 9:01 pm

    Anonymous :
    Thanks PJ. Your post shows Krugman could be very dangerous in a government position of power. The deficit is meaningless and we should simply spend our way out of the stagnation?
    obama has spent 6 TRILLION dollars in deficits in the last four years and it had no impact on the economy. And krugman’s answer is what? Spend 12 TRILLION dollars more in the next four? Are you all insane?

    1) Did deficits matter to you during the Bush years?

    2) Where did you get your PhD in economics?

  344. Mitch
  345. Smart 5th Grader
    January 16, 2013 at 10:59 am

    “Deputy district attorney out after 6 years”

    http://www.times-standard.com/ci_22383817/deputy-district-attorney-out-after-6-years?source=most_viewed

    Bet there’s a story there. But management will issue the usual “personnel matter” disclaimer and Allan will keep his head down and move on to another opportunity. For good or for bad, we’ll never know the facts regarding public servants or public office.

  346. Just Watchin
    January 16, 2013 at 3:38 pm

    I was just wondering…….had the Sandy Hook killer not killed his mother, do you think she could have been held criminally liable for all of the murders, since she owned the guns, and did not properly secure them??

  347. Anonymous
    January 16, 2013 at 7:27 pm

    Anonymous :

    Anonymous :
    Thanks PJ. Your post shows Krugman could be very dangerous in a government position of power. The deficit is meaningless and we should simply spend our way out of the stagnation?
    obama has spent 6 TRILLION dollars in deficits in the last four years and it had no impact on the economy. And krugman’s answer is what? Spend 12 TRILLION dollars more in the next four? Are you all insane?

    1) Did deficits matter to you during the Bush years?
    2) Where did you get your PhD in economics?

    Of course the Bush deficits bothered me and I said so at the time. So did you.

    But he was a piker compared to obama. You sold your soul to the Democratic party. No problem with Obama spending us to hell for you anymore.

    Hypocrite.

  348. Dan
    January 16, 2013 at 11:11 pm

    “If Dwight Eisenhower had come back from the war
    and decided to run as a Democrat– which he almost
    did– there would be no Republican Party today. They
    would be like the Ku Klux Klan small knots of hate-
    crazed rich people scattered in walled ghettos around
    the country, instead of the dominant ruling autocracy
    that they have been for most of the last four decades.”

    Hunter S Thompson

    Lifted from this weeks AVA.

  349. Anonymous
    January 16, 2013 at 11:42 pm

    Anonymous :

    Of course the Bush deficits bothered me and I said so at the time. So did you.
    But he was a piker compared to obama. You sold your soul to the Democratic party. No problem with Obama spending us to hell for you anymore.
    Hypocrite.

    You didn’t reveal where you got your PhD in economics. Also, like I said somewhere else, this ain’t a household budget we’re dealing with here. You don’t just say fuck it, can’t afford car insurance this month so I’ll do without. This is the most complex economy in the world. It takes more than simple ideas to dig us out. Gov’t spending is a fairly well-proven way of staving off recession until a time when the economy recovers and can float itself.

  350. Floyd Pink
    January 17, 2013 at 5:51 am

    This from HuffPo:

    “Moody’s Investors Service on Wednesday downgraded its outlook for the higher education sector to negative across the board, saying even prestigious, top-tier research universities are now under threat from declining enrollment, government spending cuts and even growing public doubts over the value of a college degree. . .

    The report explaining the decision outlines a range of financial challenges now burdening virtually all institutions, though in different measures in different places – stagnant family income that limits pricing power, substantial state funding cuts, a demographic dip in the population of new high school graduates and a federal budget standoff that almost certainly bodes ill for the future flow of dollars for research and student-aid programs like Pell Grants.”

    We don’t need no education.

  351. Anonymous
    January 17, 2013 at 12:19 pm

    We do need a good education, today more than ever. Post #350 is a prime example of the uninformed.

    We do need a new President, today more than ever.

  352. The New Great Anonymous
    January 18, 2013 at 1:28 pm

    House Republicans make a budget proposal that will expose Obama & the Democrat’s hypocrisy to even the liberals here.

    Next week they will introduce a measure to give a three month extension in the raising of the debt ceiling. In exchange the Democrats have to agree that if there is no budget by the end of the three months all pay for Congressman ends until there is one. Ends, not postponed.

    Spending must be cut or this country will go the way of Greece.

  353. The Old, Not so Great Mitch
    January 18, 2013 at 1:33 pm

    Just one problem for the people out there who are so concerned about the Constitution, or at least its second amendment. That’s the 27th amendment.

    http://www.law.cornell.edu/constitution/amendmentxxvii

  354. The New Great Anonymous
    January 18, 2013 at 10:21 pm

    Trying to find cover for your Democrats old, mediocre Mitch?

  355. Anonymous
    January 19, 2013 at 9:53 am
  356. Anonymous
  357. Mitch
    January 19, 2013 at 10:01 am

    If that’s what you consider the Constitution, #355, I suppose so. Wouldn’t it be nice, though, if the house republicans had actually read the document they love trotting out?

  358. The New Great Anonymous
    January 19, 2013 at 12:31 pm

    Why are you trying to direct the question away from the Republican’s challenge Mitch? Isn’t no budget = no pay for either Republicans or Democrats a good thing?

    Get out of your rut. Say something nice about the Republicans in Congress when they put their own pockets behind what they say.

  359. Mitch
    January 19, 2013 at 2:22 pm

    OK TNGA,

    How’s this? Let’s go to a room. You get to bring three of your friends and I get to bring five of mine. We’ll vote on how to divide up our money, majority wins. None of us get to eat until we vote. I really like the idea, and I’d say it proves I’m really willing to put my money where my mouth is. Don’t you agree?

  360. HUUFC
    January 19, 2013 at 3:11 pm

    While we are all having fun here the latest muslim follies in Algeria has resulted in 23 hostages dead. The report on Fox News also states that 32 militants are also dead. Hopefully that’s all of them. Sigh.

  361. The New Great Anonymous
    January 19, 2013 at 6:15 pm

    Sorry Mitch, not an appropriate example.

    Try thinking here please. None of us gets to eat. That is the incentive for both the majority and the minority to compromise.

    Another fault in your example. One side controls the House (the Republicans) and the other side controlls the Senate (the Democrats). It is 50/50 not 3 to 5. So it is not I get to bring 3 thinking friends and you bring 5 bellowing sheep as friends. We each bring 5 friends.

    If you are to debate with me you need to try harder.

  362. Mitch
    January 19, 2013 at 8:55 pm

    You’ve caught me, TNGA. You’re right.

  363. Kinichi Matsu
    January 19, 2013 at 11:25 pm

    If you wanted honest debate, you’re barking up the wrong tree.

  364. HUUFC
    January 20, 2013 at 8:39 pm

    Death toll in Algeria is up to 81, the religion of peace strikes again.

  365. Smart 5th Grader
    January 23, 2013 at 12:11 pm

    January 21, 2013 at 8:03 am | #28 Mitch
    “…I’m not sure what the difference is between liberal and progressive, but I know that people who identify as “progressive” sometimes consider “liberal” an insult.”

    So who is a progressive? You might be one if

    • You think health care is a basic human right, and that single-payer national health insurance is a worthwhile reform on our way toward creating a non-profit national health care service.

    • You think that human rights ought always to trump property rights.

    • You think U.S. military spending is an obscene waste of resources, and that the only freedom this spending protects is the freedom of economic elites to exploit working people all around the planet.

    • You think U.S. troops should be brought home not only from Afghanistan and Iraq, but from all 130 countries in which the U.S. has military bases.

    • You think political leaders who engage in “preemptive war” and invasions should be brought to trial for crimes against humanity and judged against the standards of international law established at Nuremberg after World War Two.

    • You think public education should be free, not just from kindergarten through high school, but as far as a person is willing and able to go.

    • You think that electoral reform should include instant run-off voting, publicly-financed elections, easy ballot access for all parties, and proportional representation.

    • You think that electoral democracy is not enough, and that democracy must also be participatory and extend to workplaces.

    • You think that strengthening the rights of all workers to unionize and bargain collectively is a useful step toward full economic democracy.

    • You think that as a society we have a collective obligation to provide everyone who is willing and able to work with a job that pays a living wage and offers dignity.

    • You think that a class system which forces some people to do dirty, dangerous, boring work all the time, while others get to do clean, safe, interesting work all the time, can never deliver social justice.

    • You think that regulating big corporations isn’t enough, and that such corporations, if they are allowed to exist at all, must either serve the common good or be put into public receivership.

    • You think that the legal doctrine granting corporations the same constitutional rights as natural persons is absurd and must be overturned.

    • You think it’s wrong to allow individuals to accumulate wealth without limits, and that the highest incomes should be capped well before they begin to threaten community and democracy.

    • You think that wealth, not just income, should be taxed.

    • You think it’s crazy to use the Old Testament as a policy guide for the 21st century.

    • You believe in celebrating diversity, while also recognizing that having women and people of color proportionately represented among the class of oppressors is not the goal we should be aiming for.

    • You think that the state has no right to kill, and that putting people to death to show that killing is wrong will always be a self-defeating policy.

    • You think that anyone who desires the reins of power that come with high political office should, by reason of that desire, be seen as unfit for the job.

    • You think that instead of more leaders, we need fewer followers.

    • You think that national borders, while sometimes establishing territories of safety, more often establish territories of exploitation, much like gang turf.

    • You are open to considering how the privileges you enjoy because of race, class, gender, sexual orientation, and/or physical ability might come at the expense of others.

    • You believe that voting every few years is a weak form of political participation, and that achieving social justice requires concerted effort before, during, and after elections.

    • You think that, ideally, no one would have more wealth more than they need until everyone has at least as much as they need to live a safe, happy, decent life.

    • You recognize that an economic system which requires continuous expansion, destroys the environment, relies on rapidly-depleting fossil fuels, exacerbates inequality, and leads to war after war is unsustainable and must be replaced. Score a bonus point if you understand that sticking to the existing system is what’s unrealistic.

  366. Mitch
    January 23, 2013 at 12:46 pm

    On the other hand, you might be a liberal if you believe that property rights are an important human right. Thanks for the quiz, SFG; I definitely flunk it.

  367. Smart 5th Grader
    January 23, 2013 at 1:02 pm

    “You think that human rights ought always to trump property rights.” Yes, Liberals and Democrats think property rights are equal to – or one and the same as – property rights. Conservatives/Republicans think property rights ought to trump human rights. See how neatly that flows?

  368. Smart 5th Grader
    January 23, 2013 at 1:03 pm

    Mitch. My 12:20 comment for Quick Notes is stuck in moderation. thx

  369. Mitch
    January 23, 2013 at 1:08 pm

    I can see it, SFG, and I tried pasting it here since I can’t approve it. My first attempt ended up in moderation. I’ll try changing (removing) the links:

    Liberals and Democrats on the other hand …

    GOP and Feinstein Join to Fulfill Obama’s Demand for Renewed Warrantless Eavesdropping
    https dot slash slash http://www.commondreams.org/view/2012/12/28
    Obama & Democrats Got More Donations from Wall Street than Republicans
    http dot slash slash factreal.wordpress.com/2011/10/25/obama-democrats-got-more-donations-from-wall-street-than-republicans/
    In the Senate, the 21 Democrats, one Republican and one Independent who courageously voted their consciences in 2002 against the War in Iraq were:
    http dot slash slash usliberals.about.com/od/liberalleadership/a/IraqNayVote.htm

  370. Mitch
    January 23, 2013 at 1:27 pm

    It’s really, really hard to fit “we must balance things against one another if we are to have any hope of achieving both liberty and justice for all” on a bumper. I always wonder what workers in utopia will do if anyone else can come along and take their sofa.

    “Mean people suck” fits nicely on bumpers, but I always preferred the sticker that reads “who are the mean people?”

  371. Mitch
    January 23, 2013 at 1:38 pm

    My dear departed father, who was annoyingly stupid until I grew up, loved this “joke” about a stupid rabbi.

    People would come to Rabbi Levy to ask him to sort out their arguments with one another. He would listen to the first person, silently think for a long, long time, and say “I think you’re right.” Then he’d listen to their opponent, and after the opponent had finished rebutting the first person, the rabbi would silently think for a long, long time, and say “I think you’re right.” A third person, an onlooker, would invariably shout “But they can’t both be right, rebbe!” And so Rabbi SJ would silently think for a long, long, LONG time, and finally say, “I think you’re right.”

    It drove me crazy every time, because I was proudly progressive.

  372. Smart 5th Grader
    January 23, 2013 at 1:39 pm

    I do not intend to disparage folks who consider themselves to be either Liberal or Democratic. My intent is to show that Establishment Liberals often vote for war, cozy up with Wall Street Banksters, and insist on warrant-less tapping. People with more progressive values need to have a point of reference to distinguish themselves from mainstream Washington values.

  373. Mitch
    January 23, 2013 at 1:45 pm

    I think you’re right. (No, really. :) )

  374. Just Watchin
    January 23, 2013 at 2:29 pm

    Interesting comment from Tiger Woods that he, like Phil Mickelson recently commented, moved out of Calif because of the taxes. Get used to it calif……the tax base is shrinking. Why do you think the Sacramento Kings are heading to Washington? And wait till the new Facebook millionaires take off. Welcome to Florida !!!

  375. Smart 5th Grader
    January 23, 2013 at 2:49 pm

    4. Louisiana
    > Taxes paid by residents as pct. of income: 7.8%
    > Total state and local taxes collected: $16.15 billion (24th highest)
    > Pct. of total taxes paid by residents: 53.1% (4th lowest)
    > Pct. of total taxes paid by non-residents: 46.9% (4th highest)

    The tax burden on Louisiana residents fell from 8.2% in 2009 to 7.8% in 2010. Property taxes were low, at just $698 per capita. Sales taxes of 4% also ranked below the national median of 6%. While the state’s top income tax rate of 6% as high, this rate kicked in only for income above $50,000. Total income tax collections in Louisiana came to just over $500 per person in 2010, compared to a national rate of $767 per person.”

    Join Robbin’ Junior in Louisiana. 4th lowest in the Union!

  376. Anonymous
    January 23, 2013 at 4:08 pm

    There is a connection between tax and a functioning society. You can live in an almost tax free zone in Dubai and enjoy all of the comforts (and squalor) of a third world country. Some of us actually feel that a healthy, educated, safe society is important, and outweighs the advantages of holing up in your mansion in state where illiteracy, teen pregnancy, and hunger are prevalent.

    Louisiana ranks dead last on a composite index comparing how the fifty states fare on measures of economic vitality, education, health, crime and governance. The “Camelot Index” is issued annually by Federal Funds Information for States, a non-partisan subscription service created by the National Governors Association and the National Conference of State Legislatures, which tracks and reports on the fiscal impact of federal budget and policy decisions on state budgets and programs.

    Louisiana (and Mississippi) ranked #50 on the “healthy people” – based on age-adjusted death rates, infant mortality rates and the percentage of people without health insurance.

    Louisiana ranked 48th, ahead of only Tennessee and South Carolina, on “crime-free state” ranking – a simple combination of the violent crime and property crime rates.

    Louisiana placed 41st in terms of “healthy economy” – based on the percentage of people in poverty, employment growth, population growth, per capita income growth, per capita federal tax liabilities — a reflection of high incomes — per capita taxable resources and the annual mean wage for retail salespeople.. Mississippi and Alabama were at the bottom.

  377. Anonymous
    January 23, 2013 at 4:42 pm

    But the rich feel so much richer in the third world and states that would be third world without federal money.

  378. Just Watchin
    January 23, 2013 at 4:53 pm

    I’ve never been to Dubai, but it doesn’t strike me as “third world squalor” from what I’ve seen. But if Calif runs the money makers out, it may give Louisiana a race to the bottom.

  379. Anonymous
    January 23, 2013 at 4:55 pm

    Just Watchin :
    Interesting comment from Tiger Woods that he, like Phil Mickelson recently commented, moved out of Calif because of the taxes. Get used to it calif……the tax base is shrinking. Why do you think the Sacramento Kings are heading to Washington? And wait till the new Facebook millionaires take off. Welcome to Florida !!!

    California can afford to lose plenty of millionaires. It’s the largest and most dynamic state economy in the U.S. We’ll just make more.

    Also, I’m sure Tiger and Phil will be still be visiting regularly to take advantage of the many perks that our tax dollars support.

  380. Lev Davidovich
    January 23, 2013 at 4:57 pm

    Or you could be like M. Depardieu and move to Russia. Can you say “Dos vidanya?” Nice try.

  381. Anonymous
    January 23, 2013 at 5:24 pm

    Dubai is already at the bottom – it’s run on the equivalent of slave labor. But the rich step over the poor and ignore the poverty as they are captivated by the bright lights (and low taxes). JW’s clueless reply is not surprising.

    Where would you send your kids to study science and engineering: California or Louisaina – (UCLA, UC Davis, Berkeley vs. LSU)? If you required cancer treatment would you fly to Baton Rouge or go to UCSF or UCLA medical center?

    I’m glad to see Tiger and Phil leave. They have about as much integrity as Lance. Enjoy the humidity of the southeast and don’t let the door bump your wife-beatin’ ass on your way out.

  382. Anonymous
    January 23, 2013 at 5:37 pm

    I’m starting to think that JW’s problem with California, taken together with his odd obsession as a Floridian with trolling a HumCo blog and his efforts to evade paying taxes, might result from California nailing him long ago for tax fraud.

  383. Just Watchin
    January 23, 2013 at 5:53 pm

    Anonymous :
    I’m starting to think that JW’s problem with California, taken together with his odd obsession as a Floridian with trolling a HumCo blog and his efforts to evade paying taxes, might result from California nailing him long ago for tax fraud.

    Awfully late in life to finally start thinking Anon, but it shows that anything is possible. Wait till the new Facebook millionaires relocate before cashing in. And I don’t have any problem with California…..I’m just fascinated by the stupid crap y’all do. It’s like a free circus, and Anon is the featured clown!

  384. Anonymous
    January 23, 2013 at 6:41 pm

    Not sure of your definition of “Facebook” millionaires, but I ‘d like to think the rich youth have quality of life desires. Sure you can live in the midwest or southeast and pay lower taxes – but then you have to live in the midwest or southeast. It’s a fine place to retire if you like golf and bass fishing (on the days it’s not unbearably hot or icey cold), but it doesn’t provide much of a draw for a young millionaire.

    I’d like to think young millionaires have a bit more integrity than Tiger Woods and understand the connection between a healthy tax base and a state that can provide roads, health care , and education. My Dad was a white-collar professional in California during the 1960s. He paid a higher tax rate than I do now (on a similar income) and he paid pre-Prop 13 property tax. His kids were able to go to some of the best colleges and universities in the country at affordable rates and take advantage of modern infrastructure. Too bad the selfish rich don’t understand that connection…

  385. January 23, 2013 at 8:40 pm

    You sound like an “American” to me “5th Grader.” Fairness, equality and freedom from injustice is “America,” to deluded people like myself who grew up surrounded by WWII vets. Sad part is we now look more and more like the system they fought against.

  386. Anonymous
    January 24, 2013 at 9:05 am

    Just Watchin :
    Awfully late in life to finally start thinking Anon, but it shows that anything is possible.

    If that’s true, then why haven’t you managed to start thinking yet, JW? From the antiquity of your general viewpoint, I get the feeling you’re pretty late in life yourself.

  387. Just Watchin
    January 24, 2013 at 10:26 am

    Anonymous :

    Just Watchin :Awfully late in life to finally start thinking Anon, but it shows that anything is possible.

    If that’s true, then why haven’t you managed to start thinking yet, JW? From the antiquity of your general viewpoint, I get the feeling you’re pretty late in life yourself.

    Pointing out that the wealthy young of today are opting to move from high tax states is hardly an “antique” general viewpoint. It’s simply a fact. And I retired early and am still several years from social security age. But when I do start getting SS, I plan on giving it all to Wounded Warriors and The Special Olympics. Care to match it??

  388. Anonymous
    January 24, 2013 at 5:47 pm

    I’ll keep my donations going to the same places they already go — local NPR, the ACLU, the IRC, environmental organizations, and our local animal shelter. Don’t wait on me to start matching you as far as Social Security goes, though. If the GOP has their way it won’t be much of a program in 30ish years.

  389. HUUFC
    January 24, 2013 at 8:33 pm

    I don’t know what the IRC but I know how much the ACLU hates America and National Palestinian Radio isn’t far behind them.
    You must be aware that Social Security has no money, only IOU’s from Uncle Sam, the same Uncle Sam that has over $16 trillion in debt, I’m sure you know that.

  390. Anonymous
    January 24, 2013 at 8:50 pm

    LOL. The ACLU hates America. That’s why they are entirely devoted to protecting our civil liberties. Perhaps you remember the Marine facing dismissal last year for saying he wouldn’t obey orders from Obama? The ACLU went to bat for that Marine on First Amendment grounds.

    http://homepost.kpbs.org/news/2012/apr/04/aclu-joins-anti-obama-marines-fight-dismissal/

  391. HUUFC
    January 24, 2013 at 8:59 pm

    My point exactly, defending a US Marine that wont follow orders, that sure makes America strong.

  392. Anonymous
    January 24, 2013 at 9:11 pm

    “Making America strong” isn’t what you said. You said “hates America.” Those are, of course, two different things. One could imagine all manners of actions that violate our civil liberties but which are ostensibly done out of a love for America — the Patriot Act, for example.

  393. Smart 5th Grader
    January 25, 2013 at 9:37 am

    Bobby Jindal has a blunt message for the GOP: “Stop being the stupid party.”

    http://www.nydailynews.com/news/politics/gov-bobby-jindal-gop-stop-stupid-party-article-1.1247645

  394. High Finance
    January 25, 2013 at 8:20 pm

    Smart 5th Grader :
    Bobby Jindal has a blunt message for the GOP: “Stop being the stupid party.”
    http://www.nydailynews.com/news/politics/gov-bobby-jindal-gop-stop-stupid-party-article-1.1247645

    You profess to love him as I do. The difference between us is once he runs for President you will smear him just as you do every Republican and every conservative.

    Hypocrite.

  395. Anonymous
    January 25, 2013 at 11:11 pm

    Who would vote for Jindal? He, like Haley Barbour, presides over a state that is last in about every measure of life quality. That’s not what most people want for the US.

  396. Just Watchin
    January 26, 2013 at 4:39 am

    Anonymous :
    Who would vote for Jindal? He, like Haley Barbour, presides over a state that is last in about every measure of life quality. That’s not what most people want for the US.

    When a foreign born body building actor can get elected governor of a state that he can’t even pronounce, anything is possible.

  397. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 8:26 am

    Warning from Robert Reich today:

    Robert Reich
    “I don’t give investment advice but I have to warn you: Stocks are way over-valued right now. The Dow and S&P are far higher than merited by economic fundamentals — fueled by small investors who have finally decided it’s safe to come back into the stock market. It’s the same old story: Big investors — including the big banks, hedge funds, private equity — have made a fortune off of the recent bull market. They’ve lured small investors in. Now, I suspect, they’re beginning to sell, while making bets against stocks in the future (short selling) — which will leave small investors high and dry.”

    And that’s what happens when there is there is more money looking for investments than there are good investments. Bubbles get inflated, the big shots make billions and the little guy gets the shaft.

  398. 24
    January 27, 2013 at 8:38 am

    if you really believe this, short the market and make a fortune yourself.

  399. Lev Davidovich
    January 27, 2013 at 8:53 am

    Drive down 4th or 5th streets and look at all the empty storefronts. . .it’s like when the Mall opened back in the 80s, but the Mall looks even worse. Prosperity? Doesn’t look like it to me. Imagine what the jobless rate would be without dope grows, endless and expanding wars.

  400. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 8:59 am

    Not everyone puts their personal gain above their country’s, 24. Some people are actually patriotic.

  401. Just Watchin
    January 27, 2013 at 9:10 am

    “The budget should be balanced, the Treasury should be refilled, public debt should be reduced, the arrogance of officialdom should be tempered and controlled, and the assistance to foreign lands should be curtailed, lest Rome become bankrupt. People must again learn to work
    instead of living on public assistance.” – Cicero , 55 BC

  402. Lev Davidovich
    January 27, 2013 at 9:44 am

    Worked great for Rome, didn’t it?

  403. Just Watchin
    January 27, 2013 at 9:58 am

    Lev Davidovich :Worked great for Rome, didn’t it?

    Cicero was an orator, not an emperor, so he was just expressing an opinion. Since you seem to be an expert on Roman history, please elaborate on the economic situation of Rome in 55 BC.

  404. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 10:17 am

    They were still trying to expand their empire to pay for it’s increasing military price and extravagant lifestyles in Rome with brutal oppression and inevitable revolts.

  405. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 10:20 am

    Today they prefer to bribe a few dictators for their human and natural resources. So much more profitable than paying a fair price or using military force, but they will resort to at least covert military action when they deem it necessary to protect corporate property in foreign lands.

  406. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 10:37 am

    Just Watchin :
    “The budget should be balanced, the Treasury should be refilled, public debt should be reduced, the arrogance of officialdom should be tempered and controlled, and the assistance to foreign lands should be curtailed, lest Rome become bankrupt. People must again learn to work
    instead of living on public assistance.” – Cicero , 55 BC

    For once I agree with JW, assuming he’s not backing away from the contents of this quote at #404.

    My problem with applying that quote to modern America is twofold. One, you don’t stop public spending with a recession looming — you get the economy back on track and then address the debt. Allow the economy to tank and the debt will only grow far worse.

    Two, the prevalence of freeloaders on welfare is far overblown. There’s far more money going to corporate welfare via bailouts and special interest tax loopholes than there is going to people on TANF.

  407. 24
    January 27, 2013 at 2:25 pm

    Anonymous :
    Not everyone puts their personal gain above their country’s, 24. Some people are actually patriotic.

    let me get this straight: you think the small investors have been duped into buying overpriced securities and the market is headed for a big drop, but if they short the market like the big boys it is not patriotic? this makes no sense. are you saying we should continue buying overpriced securities in order to be patriotic?

    if people are buying stocks and don’t understand the risks or evaluate the underlying value of the company they are investing in, then so be it. if a bunch of the big investors start dumping stocks and it brings the stock price down while the actual profitability of the company has not changed, it is time to buy.

  408. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 2:43 pm

    When the actual profitability of the company (sales) does not justify the price of the shares (irrational exuberance) which is the current case across the stock market, little guys are going to get hurt. That isn’t good for our country or our economy. Making money by other people losing it isn’t very productive.

  409. January 27, 2013 at 2:52 pm

    Anonymous 409,

    By your logic, shorting is actually quite patriotic. Shorting will lower the price. Go for it.

    Unfortunately, the correct price for the stock market is its current price. Always.

  410. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 3:08 pm

    That must be why there are never “market corrections.”

  411. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 3:16 pm

    And bubbles never pop.

  412. Mitch
    January 27, 2013 at 3:31 pm

    411/412,

    We’re not on the same page. Every day, scores of extremely well-paid reporters interview even better paid analysts and explain to cable TV viewers and newspaper readers why the market has moved as it has, and why it is mispriced. Then, the next day, something else happens, and they explain why it happened. They never seem to make enough on their insights to retire, but they do make decent livings attracting audiences to advertisers.

    Are there “market corrections?” Of course there are, and they are well-labeled and identified after they occur. Bubbles? Absolutely. Well-identified just as soon as they pop.

    “What caused this market decline, Biff? It was overpriced. Why did the market go up up, Muffy? It was underpriced.”

    Yet, somehow, hundreds of thousands of people who devote ridiculous amounts of their attention to making the absolute most they possibly can from out of trading in the stock market have collectively set the price of the market at exactly its price… just a moment…. NOW!

    If I only knew one thing I’d be part of the 0.01%. That thing: which set of convinced people are correct — the ones that are buying or the ones that are selling.

  413. 24
    January 27, 2013 at 5:28 pm

    409, your equation is missing a critical component: expectation. For the first time, in a long time, I agree with Mitch. The right price is whatever somebody is willing to pay at that time. So if everybody knows the market is overpriced and they keep buying, well you know the story of the fool and their money. Why do they keep buying? Expectation. Probably greed, too. You don’t mind making a little money off of greedy people, do you?

  414. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 6:41 pm

    Unlike the idle rich, I work too hard for my money to gamble with it and can’t afford even an occasional loss, just like most working class people.

  415. 24
    January 27, 2013 at 7:30 pm

    Well, enjoy your poverty. You will never accumulate wealth without equity in something that makes money while you are not working. You say you can’t afford an occasional loss, but that do you think is happening when you put money in your savings account? The bank loans out your money and pays you a fraction of what they are getting. A company borrows that money and uses it to generate income for the owners, paying the bank – and you by extension – a fraction of what they are making. They are using your money and everybody is making money but you. Cut out the middle man and buy stock in the company directly so you are the one getting paid.

  416. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 8:15 pm

    I don’t want to invest in companies whose only motive is greater profit, putting the people who pay my “wages” out of work so they can pay huge executive salaries and a little more to shareowners. It isn’t good for our country.

  417. 24
    January 27, 2013 at 9:06 pm

    Who said to do that? There are plenty of companies that pay their people well, provide a good product or service, and make lots of money for shareholders.

    You are buying a line of crap that will keep you poor. Buy a mutual fund or something that is highly diversified if your scared. Good luck.

  418. Anonymous
    January 27, 2013 at 11:07 pm

    There’s a wide spectrum being rich and poor. Those who have enough to meet their particular needs and are happy about it are richer in what counts than billionaires who can never be satisfied.

  419. 24
    January 28, 2013 at 6:32 am

    You know any billionaires that you are basing that on? Another line of crap to hold people down. Wealthy people aren’t as happy as poor people. OK….right.

    Keep thinking that when you have an unexpected medical problem or a big opportunity comes up. “Man, I’m glad I only made enough to get by!”

  420. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 7:16 am

    24,

    Do you think there is any level of personal wealth beyond which someone will not get happier with more goods? Do you think a society would have any chance of picking a number that would safely apply to all mentally healthy individuals?

    Anon 418,

    Do you think there are any companies whose shares are available on a public market that meet the description given by 24 at #419?

  421. 24
    January 28, 2013 at 7:32 am

    Mitch,
    I would imagine once you have enough to live comfortably and not worry about retirement, kids college, or medical bills, the amount on the amount of happiness wealth brings levels off. After that, it is basically a scoreboard. You assume wealth is about buying goods, you ought to read “the millionaire next door” for an interesting take on that.

  422. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 7:40 am

    24,

    No, I basically agree it becomes a scoreboard.

    Where we differ, most likely, is that I think once a group’s wealth has become a scoreboard, a sensible society will find ways to make use of the wealth by heavily taxing it, so that it can be diverted to solving some of the enormous problems society faces, rather than to the goal of altering the scoreboard stats. Even and heavy taxation of scoreboard wealth allows the scoreboard struggle to continue, while making use of badly needed resources that are not otherwise increasing the happiness of the society, or decreasing its suffering.

    Meanwhile… http://www.sfgate.com/science/article/Major-climate-changes-looming-4227943.php If only some scientist or someone in the media had been able to warn people, but none of us knew!

  423. 24
    January 28, 2013 at 7:50 am

    Private property, Mitch. I don’t think the government should be taking people’s property because they feel there are better uses. I think there is something in the constitution about that.

  424. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 7:55 am

    Yes. I expected we’d disagree. While I think respect for private property is important, I think it becomes outweighed by other concerns once thresholds have been passed.

    We probably agree even about that, but disagree about the thresholds.

    I’d imagine you’d have no problem with the state, even if it couldn’t afford it, taking money from its sole wealthholder to feed people who would otherwise starve, if that wealthholder had already met the conditions you describe. Before anyone complains, that’s obviously an extreme case, just to establish that you, too, don’t see private property as inviolable.

  425. Anonymous
    January 28, 2013 at 7:58 am

    A few quotes from B. Franklin

    Who is rich? He that rejoices in his portion.
    Sell not virtue to purchase wealth, nor liberty to purchase power.
    Content makes poor men rich; discontentment makes rich men poor.
    He that is of the opinion money will do everything may well be suspected of doing everything for money.
    Money never made a man happy yet, nor will it. The more a man has, the more he wants. Instead of filling a vacuum, it makes one.

    There undoubtedly are, Mitch, but the system is too corrupt to trust it. Why do you have such a problem with people who are satisfied with their level of wealth and want the same for everyone? Why would my buying shares from the previous owner do anything to help the workers who use my services be better able to afford them? Their workers might benefit from increased demand for their products but they gain nothing from a higher share price. I’m not surprised that you were “headhunted” by Wall Street since you seem to have that mentality.

  426. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 8:31 am

    Anon,

    I don’t have a problem with those who are satisfied with their level of wealth. I do have a problem with those who want the same for everyone, because I think people vary from one another and will have their own reasons for feeling they need different amounts of things. Within limits, I think it’s vital that people have their own autonomy, and not need to follow the dictates of a group that thinks it knows better what’s good for everyone.

    We agree that the system is corrupt, and I certainly don’t feel Wall Street is functioning well. But I also feel that the corruption you see on Wall Street is perfectly capable of creeping into redistributive governments as well. I feel it’s already landed in our government and essentially suffocated large parts of it. So I’m always confused by people who think the government will solve the corruption problem. What they generally mean, I think, is that if the government met my fantasy of what it could be, things would be great.

    I think the founders really knew what they were doing, and separation of powers has proven to be about the best corrective humanity has come up with to date. As particular private enterprises have become hugely powerful, I think the government needs the strength to fight back. But I’m not particularly hopeful that such strength won’t be as abused by the government as it is by the corporations.

    It’s a real problem, a systems problem, and it’s not clear that there are any short term solutions. Long term, the solution is for the goodness in people to win out over the evil in people, but that doesn’t make a very good policy platform, I agree.

    In answer to your question about what effect buying your shares from the previous owner would have, I agree it’s a subtle question. The answer is that the stock market is the system we use (for better or worse) for allocating private resources to different forms of production, once production reaches a scale larger than, for example, a small retail business or crafts cooperative.

    True, it’s only in IPOs that your money would go directly to a particular form of production, but the IPOs are dependent on people’s beliefs that the next buyer exists, and will pay more as the company establishes its value. By purchasing shares in companies that contribute to society in ways you like, you are having a microscopic effect on resource allocation, just as you do when voting. The difference is that the microscopic contribution each vote makes is to an ultimately non-linear system that will fall into one of two election results, while the microscopic contribution each stock purchase makes has a relatively proportional effect on resource allocation, and therefore matters in every situation.

    When people divorce stock purchases from moral goals, seeking only higher profit, they are falling into the trap that Chris Hedges describes fantastically in the Bill Moyers interview on another thread. I’d guess that the vast majority of stock purchases are driven primarily by the search for higher profit, and it’s torn our society to shreds. That doesn’t mean that owning stocks is inherently immoral, at least in my opinion.

  427. Anonymous
    January 28, 2013 at 9:02 am

    “I don’t have a problem with those who are satisfied with their level of wealth. I do have a problem with those who want the same for everyone, because I think people vary from one another and will have their own reasons for feeling they need different amounts of things.”

    I didn’t say that everyone should be satisfied with the same amount, just that I am satisfied and wish for others to be so as well. That says nothing about what level of wealth should satisfy them; but you know, as well as I do, that there some people who can’t be satisfied because they are poor in spirit and the wealth of Midas won’t change that.

  428. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 9:13 am

    Absolutely. That’s why I support the idea of imposing high tax levels on extremely high levels of wealth relative to those in the bottom third of society. I’m sure people will disagree on the numbers, but I’d have no problem with a 90% or higher tax rate on any income above $1 million per year, or a regular annual wealth tax of a percent or two on accumulated wealth in excess of $10 million. As the minimum wage goes up, I think the thresholds on tax rates should go up as well. So, for example, once the minimum wage doubled, the threshold for the very high tax rate would become $2 million per year.

  429. Just Watchin
    January 28, 2013 at 9:39 am

    Such a magnanimous gesture Mitch, allowing the high earners to keep 10 % of what they earn. As if that’s not enough, further tax annually a person’s savings which has already been taxed once. Not happy just taxing their dividends and capital gains?? Socialist libtards always with their hands out for someone elses money. Pathetic.

  430. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 9:42 am

    Not you, JW. I’d tax your income over $1 million at 99%, because you’ve been too cheap to bid on the naming rights for the Herald.

  431. Dan
    January 28, 2013 at 9:46 am

    I am with Mitch on this one, we probably all are.
    My favorite “Conservative” was Eisenhower,
    maybe we could revert to those rates that
    were enforced under that Republican.

    This is why,

  432. HUUFC
    January 28, 2013 at 10:20 am

    How about the fair tax? Eliminate the income tax and tax consumption instead. Rich folks would pay more because they spend more. When Kerry buys another yacht he would automatically pay more taxes. Every citizen would get a pre-bate check each month to the poverty level. Your paycheck would 100% of your pay. You would have the power to spend the money you earn the way you want. The fair tax would be a National sales tax ONLY for the federal level. No tax on investments, savings, or dividends, money from the world would flow into the United States. There would be no need for off shore tax haven by Americans.
    The K Street lobbyists in DC would need to get real jobs instead of bribing congressmen. The harder you worked the more money you keep, not the government.

  433. Anonymous
    January 28, 2013 at 11:08 am

    Taxing consumption is one of the most regressive means to raise government revenue because poor people have spend everything they earn to live while the richer you are, the smaller percent of income you need to spend despite spending so much more money. That’s why the rich and idiots love it. We need steeply progressive tax rates and a limit on deductions. I would go with Mitch’s plan.

  434. Anonymous
    January 28, 2013 at 11:11 am

    And I would set inheritance taxes at the same levels. If you are inheriting a million, you pay taxes on it just as if it was earned in a paycheck even though it was a gift.

  435. Just Watchin
    January 28, 2013 at 11:18 am

    The problem with socialism is that you eventually run out of other people’s money.

  436. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 11:23 am

    The problem with unregulated capitalism is eventually one person owns all the money.

  437. Anonymous
    January 28, 2013 at 11:26 am

    Using the term “fair” in relation to taxes is meaningless. Our tax rates and deductions should be decided based on what works best for the economy as a whole, not some arbitrary definition of what is fair. Those who increase their own salaries to extreme levels while starving the communities’ working classes of employment and infrastructure funding, and especially those who force their employees onto the public dole, should pay the a very price for their insatiable greed. They can compete for which one makes the most money if they want, but allowing them to amass greater wealth is dangerous to our country and our economy.

  438. Anonymous
    January 28, 2013 at 11:27 am

    should pay a very dear price

  439. HUUFC
    January 28, 2013 at 11:33 am

    You missed the “pre-bate” provision of the Fair Tax plan. Every citizen gets a monthly check to cover the poverty level, or basic needs of the individual or family. The playing field is level. As demonstrated by a few posts some wish to use the police power of the government to punish people that are “too fortunate” or “too lucky” to have more of anything than themselves.

  440. Dan
    January 28, 2013 at 11:43 am

    HUUFC, 9 Trillion dollars missing.
    You call the beneficiaries “too lucky” or “too fortunate.”
    I call it theft.

  441. Anonymous
    January 28, 2013 at 11:47 am

    Do you really think our economy functions well when over 90% of the wealth is concentrated at the very top HUFFC?

  442. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 11:48 am

    I rather agree with HUUFC’s proposal, roughly as he or she has stated it. Provide every person (not citizen, because citizenship has nothing to do with human worth) with a guarantee of safe housing, sufficient food, medical care to maintain health, and an opportunity to obtain an education. Once you do that, it’s really none of anyone’s business how much anyone else accumulates, as long as they aren’t allowed to use their accumulated wealth to undermine the system politically.

    The problem if you base things on just American citizens being supported at the poverty level becomes what to do about the world of non-citizens, which probably accounts for 95% of humanity, and which loses out when unlimited wealth accumulates. But certainly HUUFC’s suggestion would give us a better country than what we have now.

  443. Just Watchin
    January 28, 2013 at 11:52 am

    Mitch :The problem with unregulated capitalism is eventually one person owns all the money.

    There are regulations on Capitalism…..it’s called the tax code. You may have heard that the top rate just went up. I realize that you’re disappointed that the government doesn’t get ALL of the top earners income, but the takers can’t get everything from the makers, or no one would ever work.

  444. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 11:57 am

    Why do you think I left you a percent, JW, and didn’t demand 100% of your income? You need incentive to work, or you’ll slack off.

  445. HUUFC
    January 28, 2013 at 12:17 pm

    Slam on the brakes. Sloooww down. I mean citizen, illegals get nothing. And no providing every person with anything except the prebate. People have the obligation to run their own lives, not some government bureaucrat. Think of how well the indians on the reservations are doing with the government providing everything. (prebate is the proper term in “The FairTax Book”.)

  446. Just Watchin
    January 28, 2013 at 12:29 pm

    HUUFC…… read Mitch’s post again. He wants the wealthy in the US to pay for raising everyone in the WORLD above the poverty line. He’s a very generous guy when spending other people’s money. Here’s a suggestion Mitch: go find one of those homeless folks on your downtown streets and invite him to live with you. Giving starts at home !!

  447. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 12:31 pm

    Gosh, HUUFC, here I’d thought we’d found common ground. What is it about being born in the geographical region controlled by the United States government that makes someone worthy of your largesse?

  448. Anonymous
  449. Just Watchin
    January 28, 2013 at 2:49 pm

    Anon…….I appreciate you confirming that the Republican Party is more for the good of the country before the good of partisan politics. Dead beats come in all sizes,shapes and colors. Thank you.

  450. Dan
    January 28, 2013 at 3:02 pm

    I guess JW #450 has comprehension problems.
    Think education is expensive? Price this level of ignorance.

  451. anonymouse
    January 28, 2013 at 5:56 pm

    You are not being generous when you say you want to raise other people’s taxes to pay for more benefits for you and your friends. You are being a thief.

    There is a huge difference between a higher income person thinking he is already paying too much in taxes and a poor person who wants more benefits. Their motives are not equal.

    One person just wants to keep more of his own money. That poor person wants to take somebody else’s money away by force & put it in their own pockets.

  452. Mitch
    January 28, 2013 at 6:17 pm

    Anonymouse is exactly correct, and offers an excellent example of how the legal system is not necessarily just.

    Make a fortune by running an industry that externalizes costs onto powerless communities, and you legally become wealthy. You can proudly complain about the 47% of takers and, by contributing to pet politicians, you get your words listened to and your political desires catered to.

    Be a member of a powerless community and ask the wealthy person to pay for emergency food supplies when, say, your natural food supply has been depleted by industry, and you are called a thief. Try to take by force some of what was stolen from you, and the police will haul you off and the judges will send you to prison.

    It makes a person wonder about what connection there is between authority and morality.

  453. 24
    January 28, 2013 at 7:01 pm

    Anonymous :
    Do you really think our economy functions well when over 90% of the wealth is concentrated at the very top HUFFC?

    see my comment at 7:30. so rather than encourage people to buy their own stock, you just want the government to take it? no thanks.

  454. 24
    January 28, 2013 at 7:08 pm

    Mitch :
    Yes. I expected we’d disagree. While I think respect for private property is important, I think it becomes outweighed by other concerns once thresholds have been passed.
    We probably agree even about that, but disagree about the thresholds.
    I’d imagine you’d have no problem with the state, even if it couldn’t afford it, taking money from its sole wealthholder to feed people who would otherwise starve, if that wealthholder had already met the conditions you describe. Before anyone complains, that’s obviously an extreme case, just to establish that you, too, don’t see private property as inviolable.

    I think we mainly disagree that the government is efficient at allocating resources. There needs to be safety nets, but we should all contribute to those and just because one person works longer, harder, gets lucky, or decides to invest or save their money instead of spend it, they should not be punished, no matter how much they accumulate.

  455. Mitch
    January 29, 2013 at 6:44 am

    24,

    Where we disagree, in my opinion, is that you believe progressive taxation is punishment. I believe progressive taxation is a method people have come up with in an attempt to maximize happiness and minimize suffering. We agree that nothing humanity comes up with is perfect.

  456. 24
    January 29, 2013 at 7:41 am

    progressive taxation is fine, it is just when the government is keeping a larger piece of the pie than the person who made it, I have a problem. the wealth will keep accumulating at the top if the attitude of the middle and lower class is that owning stocks, bonds, and real estate is a bad thing.

  457. Dan
    January 29, 2013 at 7:53 am

    24, We have been robbed, and it was not the government
    that ripped us off. The thieves are Wall
    Street and bankers while you seem to be saying the working class will not
    be secure until they become part of the theft class.

    Audit the Fed.

  458. Mitch
    January 29, 2013 at 7:58 am

    24,

    First, the wealth will ALWAYS accumulate at the top. The more you have, the more risk-tolerant you can be, because it’s easier for a rational person to gamble with their eleventh million than to gamble with next week’s grocery money. So there has to be a redistributive mechanism of some sort, or capitalism always leads to a single winner with everyone else leaving the table. And that’s leaving capture of the political system to the side, though it vastly accelerates the process.

    Second, to talk about the government keeping more of the pie than the person who made it offers some emotional appeal — “how dare they take more than they leave Mr. Galt!” But once you’re looking at incomes beyond $1 million annually, in a society where large swaths of people are effectively turned into peasants (check out the Bill Moyers interview with Chris Hedges), the only moral thing for a society to do is to redistribute from pathological scoreboard watchers to people in need. Might that redistribution be suboptimal, due to government being filled with useless people in addition to useful ones? I’ll go farther: it WILL be. But it will be better than what exists in its absence.

    All my opinion, of course, but it makes some people happier when I tack that on.

  459. 24
    January 29, 2013 at 12:50 pm

    Dan,
    I am saying the if the working class had more control over the means of production than their labor, they would be better off. I have stock, I have not stolen anything from anybody.

    Mitch,
    I agree it is tough to gamble the grocery money. How about the cigarette money, the second car, or the flatscreen TV money? There are lots of people who can’t seem to separate wants from needs. Those people can afford something for investing, but they choose not to. There is no immediate payoff. Rather than blowing money on junk, we should be teaching our citizens how to become owners and investors. With the attitude that if you own stocks, you are crooked, the middle class is doomed to whatever their labor fetches. What is wrong with owning a piece of the production? It is nice to get dividend checks.

    I know somebody with a $700 car payment who complains about their health insurance premiums. They think the insurance company is ripping them off, but somehow Apple and Volvo are not.

    As to taking the second million, I just can’t go with that. I can’t get my mind around feeling entitled to somebody else’s property.

  460. Mitch
    January 29, 2013 at 12:52 pm

    24,

    I understand. We don’t see things in quite the same way, but I do understand your point of view. Thanks for the civil discussion.

  461. anonymous
    January 29, 2013 at 12:54 pm

    Wealth will accumulate at the top because people who work harder, work smarter and invest will generally accumulate more wealth over time.

    Then there are the people who don’t want to work hard, who aren’t smart and live for today instead of saving. Should this group be rewarded by taking money away from the first group?

  462. Woodley Island for Birds not dogs
    January 29, 2013 at 1:03 pm

    The Times-Standard reports: Jack Crider [Harbor District CEO] “said he still hasn’t given up on plans to develop a proposed 65-space RV park on Startare Drive, the main access road to Woodley Island. In addition to RV parking, the site would include landscaping, a play area, and a dog area.”

    Wait! WHAT??? A DOG AREA??? Right across from the reserve for endangered water birds??? What in hell is Crider thinking???

    Oh, yeah. He’s thinking about the money, not the enviromental beauty that draws people from all over the world to see our little slice of paradise.

    A dog park on Woodley Island is a supremely stupid idea. I mean really. Which would you rather have on Woodley Island? Egrets and Blue Herons or dogs?

    Dogs have been banned from Woodley Island for decades until the present day. Because if dogs are allowed on Woodley Island, they will certainly chase out the birds.

    All it would take would be a few dog-owners to let their darling dogs off the leash to ruin decades of good environmental work.

  463. Dan
    January 29, 2013 at 1:17 pm

    24, The L-Curve @ # 432.
    “Money works much more efficiently than labor,
    in making money.”

    Look on the curve and see where our money supply is,
    now please tell us how that is suppose to work.

    Now imagine a bell-curve, this would be what we call
    ‘middle class’ who now has the money, spending,
    turning it over each time to be assessed for taxes,
    voila, the system works, hey almost by design eh?
    Gee before you know it kids have decent schools to attend,
    there is money to care for the elderly, there is help for the needy.

    John Kenneth Galbraith or Alan(Ayn Rand)Greenspan-
    your call.

  464. That Man
    January 29, 2013 at 1:27 pm

    so is their any reason why a serial arsonist and vigilante can run around destroy peoples property and lively hoods, (and get patted on the back for it) in southern Humboldt; but i cant sleep at night with out constant harassment.

    in Humboldt county

    Evil = sleeping > Arson

  465. 24
    January 29, 2013 at 6:00 pm

    Dan,
    I disagree with your idea that kids don’t have decent schools, there is not money to care for the elderly, and no help for the needy.

    It appears you advocate for middle class consumerism rather than investment. I think that is one of the major problems we face right now.

  466. Anonymous
    January 29, 2013 at 6:17 pm

    What happened to the Humboldt Mirror? Last post was December 5, what the heck?

  467. HUUFC
    January 29, 2013 at 6:18 pm

    That was HUUFC

  468. HUUFC
    January 30, 2013 at 9:16 am

    Today’s T-S has a short article about obamacare or somebodyelsepayforitcare. The laws enacted by the imperial federal government that take effect in 2014 will result in another 7000 people in Humboldt County becoming eligible for Medi-Cal. Paying for the coverage will fall on the county or state governments. Get ready, obummer is just getting started.

  469. Yep
    January 30, 2013 at 8:41 pm

    Here’s a great summary of how wrong the minority activist sheriffs are who think they can ignore federal gun control legislation:

    http://www.colbertnation.com/the-colbert-report-videos/423308/january-29-2013/gun-control—state-sovereignty—cliff-sloan

  470. Just Watchin
    January 31, 2013 at 8:54 am

    Yep :Here’s a great summary of how wrong the minority activist sheriffs are who think they can ignore federal gun control legislation:
    http://www.colbertnation.com/the-colbert-report-videos/423308/january-29-2013/gun-control—state-sovereignty—cliff-sloan

    Let’s see here…..there are federal laws against marijuana, yet some states don’t enforce them, some going so far as to pass their own laws saying it’s legal. Hmmmmm…….

  471. Anonymous
    February 2, 2013 at 9:39 am

    Rest in peace Humboldt Herald.

  472. Anonymous
    February 2, 2013 at 10:24 am

    What about the Herald getting back to its Eureka roots?
    Post a few YouTubes from 2010 of Brady, C. Arkley, etc telling us how we need to clean up the Balloon Track NOW!
    Then wait for the sheep to tell us how economic conditions have changed, blah, blah, blah – and that not cleaning up the Balloon Track (NOW) is different. …even though unemployment was higher in 2010, the stock market was much lower, and the country was still coming out of a recession (technically ended by 2010).
    Funny how these people were doing back flips and passing initiatives because cleaning up the BT required immediate action. As Marion Brady said in several (2010) campaign rallies, “we need to start with cleaning up the Balloon Track . So, an unattended Balloon Track (NOW) is every bit as much Arkley’s fault now as it was the old City Council’s in 2010.
    Discuss.

  473. Dan
    February 2, 2013 at 11:31 am

    Anonymous #473 You are right, I’d go a step further.
    Wetlands health was the pivotal motivation.
    We had agencies from fed to state to weigh-in,
    (responsible parties). We had Baywatchers keeping
    a steady eye. Net result? BT as neglected as ever,
    a mere canard to keep all eyes focused on BT while the
    coastal dune wetlands were being desertified.
    massive loss of wetland function means massive loss of
    resilience which translates to massive wildlife loss,
    FEMA/NOAA sanctions, probation and higher insurance rates.
    There was a time when California was the cutting-edge
    in coastal science, now we need the folks at FEMA/NOAA
    to come and bail us out. If we are not embarrassed,
    it is due to not paying attention.

  474. Anonymous
    February 2, 2013 at 2:25 pm

    Mitch’s censor is deleting posts about censorship from the censorship thread. He’s created a monster who is destroying the Herald, probably deliberately.

  475. Mitch
    February 4, 2013 at 6:30 am

    Australian economists are honest: “”The Reserve Bank employs numbers of people on very high pay and what they’re admitting now is that their – all of this so-called science – has produced nothing more than what a roll of the dice could produce.”

    http://www.abc.net.au/news/2013-02-04/economic-forecasts-no-better-than-a-random-walk/4499098

  476. Dan
    February 4, 2013 at 9:42 am

    An Afrikaner’s approach to censorship in the era of apartheid.

    “Four Jacks and a Jill are South African. A Master Jack is the leader of a crew in the gold mines. The song is a subtle anti-apartheid song. A Jack is always white and the crew was always black. Under white minority rule, blacks did not enjoy the fruits of their labor, thus the colored ribbon that ties up all the problems of white supremacy that the nation bought into, as well as the world. ”

  477. Anonymous
    February 4, 2013 at 11:51 am

    And here all these years I thought that song was about a woman leaving her domineering boyfriend.

  478. HUUFC
    February 4, 2013 at 3:58 pm

    Fortunately the child is safe and there will be no trial for the murderer and kidnapper in Alabama. Unfortunately some lawyer will probably file an unlawful death or a civil rights lawsuit on his behalf.

  479. Anonymous
    February 5, 2013 at 6:41 pm

    2 – 8.0 earthquakes in the Santa Cruz Islands 1 minute apart.

  480. Anonymous
    February 7, 2013 at 11:10 am

    I stopped “feeding” tips to the HH because Heraldo departed and I do not want to help out a Blog which is no longer focused on Humboldt County and censors so many voices. I suspect many others who gave “tips” to Heraldo also do not send stories to the new régime.

  481. Anonymous
    February 7, 2013 at 12:04 pm

    I miss the local flavor too. Too bad but the Humboldt Sentinal is doing a nice job.

  482. Anonymous
    February 9, 2013 at 10:26 am

    Anonymous :
    I stopped “feeding” tips to the HH because Heraldo departed and I do not want to help out a Blog which is no longer focused on Humboldt County and censors so many voices. I suspect many others who gave “tips” to Heraldo also do not send stories to the new régime.

    Or maybe you were afraid the local authorities would find out you were leaking classified Brown Act materials?

  483. Dan
    February 9, 2013 at 11:30 am

    #483 “….classified Brown Act materials?”

    I thought the Brown Act was about ‘sunshine.’

    “”In enacting this chapter, the Legislature finds and declares that the public commissions, boards and councils and the other public agencies in this State exist to aid in the conduct of the people’s business. It is the intent of the law that their actions be taken openly and that their deliberations be conducted openly. The people of this State do not yield their sovereignty to the agencies which serve them. The people, in delegating authority, do not give their public servants the right to decide what is good for the people to know and what is not good for them to know. The people insist on remaining informed so that they may retain control over the instruments they have created.”

    Read more: http://www.sunshinereview.org/index.php/California_Open_Meeting_Act#ixzz2KQpBemKX

  484. Anonymous
    February 9, 2013 at 12:22 pm

    Do you not understand Dan, that certain matters are closed session items only under the Brown Act?

  485. Dan
    February 9, 2013 at 12:35 pm

    I do now. Thank you.

  486. February 16, 2013 at 9:37 am

  487. HUUFC
    February 18, 2013 at 10:10 am

    Saturday a bomb blast in Quetta Pakistan kills at least 84 and injures at least 200 more. Sunni Muslim vs Shi’ite Muslim, peace lovers all around.

  488. Just Watchin
    February 18, 2013 at 10:24 am

    HUUFC :Saturday a bomb blast in Quetta Pakistan kills at least 84 and injures at least 200 more. Sunni Muslim vs Shi’ite Muslim, peace lovers all around.

    How did they kill that many without an assault weapon??

  489. Anonymous
    February 18, 2013 at 10:29 am

    A BOMB, idiot.

  490. Just Watchin
    February 18, 2013 at 10:45 am

    Anonymous :A BOMB, idiot.

    But gee, all of the gun control advocates make it seem like you need an assault weapon to be a mass murderer??

  491. HUUFC
    February 18, 2013 at 11:05 am

    BTW I saw Zero Dark Thirty last night. Great movie all should see it.

  492. Anonymous
    February 18, 2013 at 11:47 am

    Just Watchin :

    Anonymous :A BOMB, idiot.

    But gee, all of the gun control advocates make it seem like you need an assault weapon to be a mass murderer??

    No, but they do seem to be a popular choice for these mass killings.

    Personally, I doubt banning “assault rifles” will really lower the death toll in such incidents. But I do think that limiting the size of ammunition clips is an idea worth considering. That does seem like it might save some lives when one of these murderous cowards / homicidal maniacs goes on a rampage.

    Yeah, it doesn’t take all that long to change clips — but it does take at least a couple seconds, and sometimes that couple of seconds can be enough for people to tackle and disarm (or for that matter, shoot) the would-be mass killer. That’s why so many of these mass shooters choose to use these high-capacity clips — they want to be able to kill lots of people, real fast, with minimal interruption. I’d rather they didn’t have the option of a legally-obtained 30-round clip. Yeah, maybe they could get it on the black market, but in many (most?) of the recent mass shootings, the weapons were taken from a legally-purchased cache of weapons owned by a family member or other person known by the killer.

    Which brings me to my final point — in my opinion, a sizeable portion of the blame for the recent Sandy Hook school massacre falls on the shooter’s mother, for leaving a huge stash of powerful firearms and ammunition in an unlocked closet, in the home where her troubled child was living. Of course she was his first victim, so there’s no way to prosecute her…and anyway, if the threat of being murdered with your own guns is not incentive enough to lock them up, it’s not clear to me that the threat of prosecution would make much difference. But I am surprised how little attention has been given to the fact that the mother’s negligence in failing to secure her firearms is what allowed the killer to so easily obtain the murder weapons in the first place.

    I guess maybe it’s just considered rude to point that out, since the poor woman is dead? Maybe so, but I’d rather we run the risk of “speaking ill of the dead” if that’s what’s necessary to encourage gun owners to be more careful in storing their guns. After all, that would save LOTS of lives, not just in the mass shootings, but also in the much-more-common cases where kids are accidentally killed when handling the unsecured guns they find in their home, where the unsecured guns are used in a crime of passion by one member of the household against another, and where the unsecured guns are stolen and later used in crimes.

  493. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 6:46 am

    An idea for a thread. What do people think?

    An economics professor at a local college made a statement that he had never failed a single student before, but had recently failed an entire class. That class had insisted that Obama’s socialism worked and that no one would be poor and no one would be rich, a great equalizer.

    The professor then said, “OK, we will have an experiment in this class on Obama’s plan”.. All grades will be averaged and everyone will receive the same grade so no one will fail and no one will receive an A…. (substituting grades for dollars – something closer to home and more readily understood by all).

    After the first test, the grades were averaged and everyone got a B. The students who studied hard were upset and the students who studied little were happy. As the second test rolled around, the students who studied little had studied even less and the ones who studied hard decided they wanted a free ride too so they studied little.

    The second test average was a D! No one was happy.
    When the 3rd test rolled around, the average was an F.

    As the tests proceeded, the scores never increased as bickering, blame and name-calling all resulted in hard feelings and no one would study for the benefit of anyone else.

    To their great surprise, ALL FAILED and the professor told them that socialism would also ultimately fail because when the reward is great, the effort to succeed is great, but when government takes all the reward away, no one will try or want to succeed. Could not be any simpler than that. (Please pass this on) These are possibly the 5 best sentences you’ll ever read and all applicable to this experiment:

    1. You cannot legislate the poor into prosperity by legislating the wealthy out of prosperity.

    2. What one person receives without working for, another person must work for without receiving.

    3. The government cannot give to anybody anything that the government does not first take from somebody else.

    4. You cannot multiply wealth by dividing it!

    5. When half of the people get the idea that they do not have to work because the other half is going to take care of them, and when the other half gets the idea that it does no good to work because somebody else is going to get what they work for, that is the beginning of the end of any nation.

  494. Dan
    February 21, 2013 at 7:44 am

    What horse-crap. Obama socialism, crack me up.
    The Prof’s students knew Obama was no more a socialist
    than Nixon, and not nearly the ‘socialist’ Eisenhower.
    Banksterism is not socialism.

  495. JJ
    February 21, 2013 at 7:50 am

    Just more adolescent fantasy from the florida tea tard, cut and pasted from the Free Republic site. More Freeper teen wanker stuff. Sure it makes sense if you are 15 years old.

    The real world looks nothing like this, neither in the school system nor the economy.

    Just Watchin contributes less than nothibng to these discussions.

  496. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 8:08 am

    Give him credit for making you articulate why his beliefs are so wrong and in discussions inform each other and readers who don’t post. There are lots of them. If Just Watchin didn’t exist you would need a devil’s advocate to present the right’s views for debate and who wants to sacrifice the time to watch/listen/read the right wing propaganda machine to get their talking points every day?

  497. JJ
    February 21, 2013 at 8:30 am

    No. JW is contributing to the destruction of the conversation here far more effectively than any “devil’s advocate ” can. I am being kind but whoever is running this blog does not have a firm grip on the concept of what a troll does. A trolls goal is not to win debate. A trolls goal is to destroy the conversation. JW does that. JW is a troll because JW is constantly diverting the conversation away from local Humboldt issues. JW doesn’t care if he wins the debate or not. JW just wants to destroy or divert the most popular left discussion in Humboldt. Thats his goal.

  498. February 21, 2013 at 8:54 am

    Let’s see, if I have $1,000, see, and I divide it by (.5) OR (1/2 in fractional notation) then I have $2,000. See?

    So I can multiply wealth by dividing it I guess I am special.

    “4. You cannot multiply wealth by dividing it!”

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  499. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 9:05 am

    “Know your enemy.” Sun Tzu

    I’d rather the enemy tell me what he thinks than have to spend the time researching their media to find out. Wing nuts of any stripe try to use diversion, so what? In a face to face conversations only one voice can be heard at a time. On blogs there can be many conversations going on at the same time. One cannot interrupt or yell to drown out other voices. No one has to read or respond to diversionary posts.

    ” ….. and listen to others, even the dull and the ignorant; they too have their story.”
    Max Ehrmann

  500. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 9:51 am

    WOW……libtards really getting their granny panties in a bunch!! The truth really gets to the “takers”.

  501. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 9:55 am

    Dan :What horse-crap. Obama socialism, crack me up.The Prof’s students knew Obama was no more a socialistthan Nixon, and not nearly the ‘socialist’ Eisenhower.Banksterism is not socialism.

    I’m guessing you represent the half that think they don’t have to work, Dan. FREE STUFF FOR EVERYONE!!

  502. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 9:58 am

    JJ :No. JW is contributing to the destruction of the conversation here far more effectively than any “devil’s advocate ” can. I am being kind but whoever is running this blog does not have a firm grip on the concept of what a troll does. A trolls goal is not to win debate. A trolls goal is to destroy the conversation. JW does that. JW is a troll because JW is constantly diverting the conversation away from local Humboldt issues. JW doesn’t care if he wins the debate or not. JW just wants to destroy or divert the most popular left discussion in Humboldt. Thats his goal.

    Sorry to interupt your back slappin, like minded, mutual admiration society of libtards with facts, JJ. They do tend to disrupt “left discussions”.

  503. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 10:06 am

    Every one of your beliefs has been thoroughly debunked, righteously ridiculed, insulted and profaned yet you persist in claiming victory, Just Watchin. Your mind (such as it is) not being changed is not victory. You provide the right wing view here and give the rest the opportunity to refute it, which they do quite handily. Thank you for doing your part.

  504. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 10:23 am

    The problem with socialism is that you eventually run out of other people’s money…..

  505. Bingo
    February 21, 2013 at 10:34 am

    The problem with tea tard wankers is they eventually run out of dumb ideas gleaned from that witling Sean Hannitty

  506. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 10:39 am

    You people sure seem to like the word”wanker”. Is that from experience?? And by the way, as I’ve said before……you people really crack me up!!

  507. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 10:47 am

    I made a post, and asked for comments, and was immediately and personally attacked. I set the trap and you all fell for it. You want to see a troll?……look in the mirror.

  508. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 11:09 am

    Right wing delusion on parade daily at the Herald. See it exposed by rational debate from numerous perspectives. Watch the Watcher claim victory when his beliefs are soundly refuted logically, demonstrating how deeply delusional he is. A liberal playing devil’s advocate couldn’t do it with the authenticity of a true believer.

  509. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 11:18 am

    Anonymous :Right wing delusion on parade daily at the Herald. See it exposed by rational debate from numerous perspectives. Watch the Watcher claim victory when his beliefs are soundly refuted logically, demonstrating how deeply delusional he is. A liberal playing devil’s advocate couldn’t do it with the authenticity of a true believer.

    There was no debate, just an immediate attack. And who can take anyone serious that hides hehind the “Anonymous” name. Get creative…..make up a name!! What are you afraid of ?

  510. HUUFC
    February 21, 2013 at 11:18 am

    Last Thursday gasoline at Costco was $4.00, Tuesday it was $4.15. I’ll let you know about today.

  511. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 11:27 am

    There was no debate, just an immediate attack. And who can take anyone serious that hides hehind the “Anonymous” name. Get creative…..make up a name!! What are you afraid of ?

    You apparently.

  512. Grown Up
    February 21, 2013 at 11:58 am

    Bingo :
    The problem with tea tard wankers is they eventually run out of dumb ideas gleaned from that witling Sean Hannitty

    10.34am on a Thursday, really? Shouldn’t you be in class or did you post during recess?

  513. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 12:54 pm

    JJ :No. JW is contributing to the destruction of the conversation here far more effectively than any “devil’s advocate ” can. I am being kind but whoever is running this blog does not have a firm grip on the concept of what a troll does. A trolls goal is not to win debate. A trolls goal is to destroy the conversation. JW does that. JW is a troll because JW is constantly diverting the conversation away from local Humboldt issues. JW doesn’t care if he wins the debate or not. JW just wants to destroy or divert the most popular left discussion in Humboldt. Thats his goal.

    JJ…..I thought I recognized your writing style, and it just hit me……It” BJ!! ( Plain Jane for any of you newbies). Almost didn’t recognize you without the usual “wife beating and leg humping” references. I knew you couldn’t stay away. I’m guessing the JJ stands for “just Jane”. Welcome back BJ!!

  514. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 1:33 pm

    Everyone who points out your BS isn’t PJ. A child could do it. Your obsession continues.

  515. Just Watchin
    February 21, 2013 at 1:38 pm

    Anonymous :Everyone who points out your BS isn’t PJ. A child could do it. Your obsession continues.

    And this bit of wisdom from someone hiding behind an Anonymous name.

  516. Mitch
  517. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 3:07 pm

    Just Watchin :

    Anonymous :Everyone who points out your BS isn’t PJ. A child could do it. Your obsession continues.

    And this bit of wisdom from someone hiding behind an Anonymous name.

    You are anonymous too Just Watchin. Hypocrisy is a serious problem for you.

  518. Heidi Benzonelli
    February 21, 2013 at 3:48 pm

    Eureka Planing Commission Unanimously Approved Westside Community Improvement Association’s Mitigated Negative Declaration of Environmental Impact and Conditional Use Permit Last Night. Mike Jone vote was a WOW! The Planning Commission gave accolades to Manhard Consulting for a flawless Initial Study and congratulated Westside Community Improvement Association’s Board for all their hard work. It was an awesome night. Please look at the rendering of the plans for the site at

    http://www.facebook.com/Jefferson.Project

  519. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 4:38 pm

    Congratulations on a job well done Heidi.

  520. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 9:13 pm

    THE TROLLS ARE OBVIOUS. JW IS A TROLL. I AM A TROLL. YOU ALL FAIL BECAUSE TOMORROW THE PLANET WILL BE RAPED AGAIN. MOST OF YOU ARE COMPLACENT INTERNET ADDICTS.

  521. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 9:51 pm

    I worked at a warehouse stocking shelves. Somebody began stealing inventory. The boss knew who was stealing inventory. Instead of firing the person who was stealing inventory, the boss imposed rules of conduct that treated us all as though we were all stealing inventory. The boss even sat the entire warehouse crew down, which included the thief, and explained the strict new rules that we all had to abide by. Coat checks, lunch restrictions, brake mandates, etc. The entire time, everybody in the warehouse was clueless as to why our cake job had instantly become lame. We didn’t know, as the boss later admitted to knowing, that “X” was the thief. The boss didn’t care, we were all just disposable warehouse employees, and even after “X” quit, rather than being fired as he should have been, the strict rules of conduct remained. I really miss that job…but it would have gone nowhere anyway, the boss basically told me I was an idiot when I told him he was buying more inventory than he could ever sell, and that the dot-com bubble was going to burst exactly as it did a year and a half later.

    I’m so smart or UR SO STOOPID?

  522. Anonymous
    February 21, 2013 at 11:44 pm

    Meanwhile, back at the ranch…

    The county has been forced to finally start telling us how much money they’re spending on litigation.

    http://www.times-standard.com/breakingnews/ci_22638916/county-will-release-records-following-high-court-decision?source=rss

  523. Anonymous
    February 22, 2013 at 7:33 am

    Some good news

    “Buried on the business page of mysanantonio.com today, so brief you could easily have missed it, was the news that Clear Channel Media Holdings just reported losses for the last quarter of 2012 of $191 million, and $424 million for all of 2012.

    Clear Channel has been in trouble for a long time for a variety of reasons, but one factor that contributed to their losses in 2012 was the death spiral of their golden boy radio host Rush Limbaugh.”

    http://www.dailykos.com/story/2013/02/20/1188686/-Clear-Channel-Loses-424-Million-in-2012-StopRush-Rolls-On#

  524. Just Watchin
    February 22, 2013 at 8:16 am

    And equally buried is the liberal darling Paul Krugman, finally admitting that there will be death panels and new taxes on the middle class to pay for Obamacare…..

    http://thebrennerbrief.com/2013/02/07/caught-on-tape-paul-krugman-death-panels-and-sales-taxes-is-how-we-do-this/

  525. Dan
    February 22, 2013 at 8:42 am

    The buried Nobel Prize winning economist also said this,

    “I said something deliberately provocative on This Week, so I think I’d better clarify what I meant (which I did on the show, but it can’t hurt to say it again.)

    So, what I said is that the eventual resolution of the deficit problem both will and should rely on “death panels and sales taxes”. What I meant is that

    (a) health care costs will have to be controlled, which will surely require having Medicare and Medicaid decide what they’re willing to pay for — not really death panels, of course, but consideration of medical effectiveness and, at some point, how much we’re willing to spend for extreme care

    (b) we’ll need more revenue — several percent of GDP — which might most plausibly come from a value-added tax

    And if we do those two things, we’re most of the way toward a sustainable budget.

    By the way, I’ve said this before.

    Now, you may declare that this is politically impossible. But medical costs must be controlled somehow, or nothing works. And is a modest VAT really so much more implausible than ending the mortgage interest deduction?

    So that’s my plan. And I believe that some day — maybe in the first Chelsea Clinton administration — it will actually happen.”
    ————————————————-
    Just Watchin, try reading.
    Beautiful day.
    Dan

  526. Just Watchin
    February 22, 2013 at 9:31 am

    Dan…..he said that on This Week over two years ago. The video in my link is from last week. Just trying to keep things current, but feel free to go back as far as you want, but stop when you start seeing evidence that the world is not flat. In regards to the video……Dan, try watching.

  527. Anonymous
    February 22, 2013 at 9:55 am

    So Just Watchin is saying that Krugman has been saying the same thing for at least 2 years and clarified what he meant by “death panels” and “sales taxes” long before this video was posted at You Tube. How JW knows when that video was made is unclear. The date it was posted on You Tube is not necessarily the date of Krugman’s speech.

  528. Just Watchin
    February 22, 2013 at 10:15 am

    Anonymous :So Just Watchin is saying that Krugman has been saying the same thing for at least 2 years and clarified what he meant by “death panels” and “sales taxes” long before this video was posted at You Tube. How JW knows when that video was made is unclear. The date it was posted on You Tube is not necessarily the date of Krugman’s speech.

    The speech was on Jan. 30th. Apparently, the video just came out recently.

    http://newsbusters.org/blogs/clay-waters/2013/02/05/kooky-paul-krugman-calls-death-panels-cut-health-care-costs-really

  529. HUUFC
    February 22, 2013 at 10:48 am

    HUUFC :
    Last Thursday gasoline at Costco was $4.00, Tuesday it was $4.15. I’ll let you know about today.The price was unchanged at $4.15. That passes for good news now.

  530. Anonymous
    February 22, 2013 at 11:06 am

    Getting hysterical over “death panels” to set economically sensible guidelines for what Medicare will and won’t cover based on sound medical evidence is fearmongering the elderly, political pandering to the right wing and pay back to the medical industry.

  531. Anonymous
    February 22, 2013 at 11:07 am

    Especially considering that the insurance industry has always had real death panels which refuse effective treatment and medication to their customers and let them die when they become too expensive.

  532. Private sector worker
    February 22, 2013 at 6:47 pm

    Anonymous :
    Especially considering that the insurance industry has always had real death panels which refuse effective treatment and medication to their customers and let them die when they become too expensive.

    Spoken like somebody who works for the government and has no understanding of the private sector.

    The insurance companies have to compete with the other insurance companies for our business. They have to convince customers they either offer better service or better prices.

    Once the government takes over the health insurance field, and it is only a matter of time, they will no longer even pretend to care what the hell you think or want. Have you been to the DMV lately? Before FedEX the Post Office treated you like dirt also.

  533. Just Watchin
    February 23, 2013 at 5:10 am

    Why is no one posting on the “Humboldt Heraldo 2″?

  534. Anonymous
    February 23, 2013 at 8:02 am

    The health insurance industry has been screwing the customers and the country over since their beginning. They cheat us, lie to us and let us die for profit. They’ve got most of our health care dollars running through their fingers and they take a big portion without providing any health care. Their political contributions (and Wall Street) keep us tied to them instead of what we need, single payer. Competition between insurance companies? Try changing insurance companies with a pre-existing condition, most everyone who has ever had a problem with their insurance company has a serious pre-existing condition. That’s when they realized they were being cheated and lied to. They are worse than any government agency which has to follow clear cut rules, where the civil servants don’t get bonuses for cheating or delaying you. The DMV and post office would provide much faster service if all of those vacant windows were open, but you probably wouldn’t like paying all those salaries. It’s such typically right wing thinking: cut the funding, bitch about the decline in quality and push privatization so you can get a bite of the profits.

  535. Anonymous
    February 23, 2013 at 8:27 am

    USPS 1 ounce letter, delivered within 3 days most places, 46 cents.
    UPS 1 ounce to 1 pound, 3 day delivery $1.22.

  536. Fed Up with Liberals
    February 23, 2013 at 8:28 am

    Anonymous #535, You must be a complete shut in or a government employee to have made that post.

    “Try changing insurance companies with a pre-existing condition” Don’t you read the news at all?

    “government agency which has to follow clear cut rules” LOL !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

    “were the civil servants don’t get bonuses for cheating or delaying you” Maybe, maybe not. But neither do they get bonuses for helping you or delaying their mandatory coffee breaks. Incompetant or uncaring civil servants can’t be fired. Jesus man, don’t you ever go to the Post Office or DMV, the County Tax Assessor’s office, the IRS, the Health department or the freaking Planning department????

  537. Dan
    February 23, 2013 at 8:43 am

    Fed UP #537
    Are you defending private health-insurance,
    as we know it today, against a single-payer,
    universal care program?

  538. Anonymous
    February 23, 2013 at 8:51 am

    Yes, I read the news – daily. Insurance companies can’t deny coverage for pre-existing conditions NOW, under new health care insurance rules, but haven’t you read the news about how they have been jacking up their rates?

  539. Anonymous
    February 23, 2013 at 9:00 am

    So you want to pay for all those vacant windows to be filled with workers at the Post Office, the DMV etc, Fed Up? When there are too few employees to serve customers in a timely manner, do you blame the servers or the people who make the decisions on how many are needed? I have never been a government employee and I have to deal with the same crap everyone else has to deal with. I don’t like that the number of govt. employees has been cut to below what is needed to keep the customers happy. I don’t like that a majority in congress is trying to bankrupt the post office with unreasonable pension funding demands to help their campaign donors who want all the mail privatized. I don’t like that state and local governments have had to lay off millions of workers (whose loss of income hit their families and local communities like a sledgehammer) at a time when private hiring is sluggish at best adding to the previous millions of unemployed with no job prospects and demands for social programs increasing. That you support the agenda that caused this mess and bitch about how much it costs to keep people alive until it gets better is disgusting.

  540. Anonymous
    February 23, 2013 at 9:04 am

    UPS CEO made 9.5 million in 2011.

    Post Master General made $400,000.

  541. Just Watchin
    February 23, 2013 at 5:37 pm

    Anonymous :
    UPS CEO made 9.5 million in 2011.
    Post Master General made $400,000.

    And how many billion did UPS lose lastyear??? What a stupid comparison.

  542. Mitch
    February 23, 2013 at 10:00 pm

    Top Catholic in the United Kingdom may be yet another anti-gay abusive closet-case:

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2013/feb/23/cardinal-keith-o-brien-accused-inappropriate

  543. Anonymous
    February 23, 2013 at 10:19 pm

    In 2006 Congress passed the Postal Accountability and Enhancement Act which required the USPS to prefund it’s retiree health care benefits for the next 50 years. No private company, and no other governmental agency, is required to do that. All others are pay as you go. That fund comes out to $75 billion dollars to be funded in a 10 year span. If you take out that $7.5 billion a year payment the USPS has actually been in the black every year since 1982.

  544. Testing
    February 23, 2013 at 11:29 pm
  545. Testing
    February 23, 2013 at 11:33 pm

    OK, take 2…
    G to google, dangit

  546. Testing
    February 23, 2013 at 11:36 pm
  547. Cowboy
    February 24, 2013 at 11:33 am

    Anonymous :
    In 2006 Congress passed the Postal Accountability and Enhancement Act which required the USPS to prefund it’s retiree health care benefits for the next 50 years. No private company, and no other governmental agency, is required to do that. All others are pay as you go. That fund comes out to $75 billion dollars to be funded in a 10 year span. If you take out that $7.5 billion a year payment the USPS has actually been in the black every year since 1982.

    Unfunded retiree health care costs are a ticking time bomb that threaten our children’s generation. Kudos to Congress for forcing the USPS for manning up to the problem. Now Congress show make the other government agencies do the same.

  548. Mitch
    February 25, 2013 at 9:12 am

    Top Cardinal in the UK — yet another homosexual in the Catholic hierarchy hiding behind anti-gay rhetoric — resigns. There are few people lower than these men.

    http://petertatchellfoundation.org/religion/cardinal-obrien-just-tip-catholic-hypocrisy

  549. HUUFC
    February 26, 2013 at 10:17 am

    20 years ago muslim terrorists exploded a bomb in the garage of the World Trade Center killing 6. They were attempting to cause the collapse of one tower hoping it would fall into the next tower. The muslims learned from their experience and destroyed both towers on September 11 2001 murdering almost 3000 Americans in the process.

  550. February 26, 2013 at 10:09 pm

    You’re wasting your time and energy #540. These brainwashed-believers-of-the-billionaires-bovine-scat, will always be against the people. They sold out us out long ago. These are the same guy’s who side with the factory owners against the workers. The same guy’s who think the US Constitution is a Communist manifesto. Sad really, they don’t know which side of the bread their butter is on. Willing dupes of the ruling-class.

  551. Mitch
    February 27, 2013 at 7:40 am

    Before reading this just say, over and over, “global warming is a liberal fraud…”

    http://www.nature.com/nclimate/journal/vaop/ncurrent/full/nclimate1827.html

  552. Anonymous
    February 27, 2013 at 8:37 am

    Cowboy, how about holding private business to those same standards? Do you think being forced to pre-fund their retirement plans would be good for business? Is it possible that the attempts to bankrupt UPS by forcing 50 years of pre-funding for their retirement plan is to force privatization so campaign donors can make more money? UPS isn’t perfect, but its the only service that picks up and delivers mail to almost every home in the country daily and does it for a fraction of the price of their nearest competitor.

  553. February 27, 2013 at 7:25 pm

    Rep. Keith Ellison takes on the moronic Republican shill Hannity.

  554. Just Watchin
    February 28, 2013 at 5:40 am

    highboldtage :
    Rep. Keith Ellison takes on the moronic Republican shill Hannity.

    A democrat accusing someone of being a fear mongerer. That’s rich. I guess he hasn’t caught the Fear Mongerer In Chief’s act regarding the sequestration.

  555. February 28, 2013 at 6:53 am

    SHOCKING POLICE BRUTALITY IN SOUTH AFRICA

    Published on Feb 28, 2013

    Police watchdog, the IPID, is investigating the death of a Mozambican man at the hands of police in Daveyton, east of Johannesburg. The probe follows a Daily Sun report based on cellphone video footage of a taxi driver being dragged behind a police van.

  556. February 28, 2013 at 7:11 am

    Thank the Deity (or the Not Deity as you choose), we have Redwood Curtain Copwatch here in Eureka to hold our local LE accountable.

    Filming the police is the right of the people. Without knowledge of what is going on in the real world any other of our fundamental liberties are constrained or rendered useless. If the media were doing their jobs there would really be no need for copwatch.

    Journalists are one of the few protected classes of people under the Constitution, they need to step up! And there are hopeful signs that some of them are. :)

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  557. Mitch
    February 28, 2013 at 8:04 am
  558. Anonymous
    March 1, 2013 at 8:18 am

    Excerpt from Krugman today, read the whole thing at the link

    “It didn’t seem to matter what evidence critics of the rush to war presented: Anyone who opposed the war was, by definition, a foolish hippie. Remarkably, that judgment didn’t change even after everything the war’s critics predicted came true. Those who cheered on this disastrous venture continued to be regarded as “credible” on national security (why is John McCain still a fixture of the Sunday talk shows?), while those who opposed it remained suspect.

    And, even more remarkably, a very similar story has played out over the past three years, this time about economic policy. Back then, all the important people decided that an unrelated war was an appropriate response to a terrorist attack; three years ago, they all decided that fiscal austerity was the appropriate response to an economic crisis caused by runaway bankers, with the supposedly imminent danger from budget deficits playing the role once played by Saddam’s alleged weapons of mass destruction.

    Now, as then, this consensus has seemed impenetrable to counterarguments, no matter how well grounded in evidence. And now, as then, leaders of the consensus continue to be regarded as credible even though they’ve been wrong about everything (why do people keep treating Alan Simpson as a wise man?), while critics of the consensus are regarded as foolish hippies even though all their predictions — about interest rates, about inflation, about the dire effects of austerity — have come true.

    So here’s my question: Will it make any difference that Ben Bernanke has now joined the ranks of the hippies?”

    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/03/01/opinion/krugman-ben-bernanke-hippie.html?hp&_r=0

  559. Mitch
    March 1, 2013 at 8:29 am

    It’s amazing, isn’t it, Anonymous. If I still thought there was much reason for hope, I’d be more disturbed by each incremental bit of destruction we pile on ourselves.

    As for America, reality has a way of catching up with nations that lose touch with reality. When you not only trash evidence that conflicts with your ideology, but even believe the trashing yourself, you begin to collapse from an inability to appropriately respond to real situations. Stories about the crumbling roads and bridges are being joined by stories of dysfunctional new fighter aircraft. Our computer infrastructure is increasingly revealed as a defense disaster, but the politicians won’t fix it, they’ll just throw money at it. They think throwing money is the same as addressing a problem.

    Last time it was box cutters against a trillion dollars. Next thing the trillion dollars won’t prevent may be simultaneous failures of the water supply in a few large cities. At that point, America’s government will change, probably for the worse, and a lot of billionaires are going to wish they’d never, ever, read Ayn Rand.

  560. Anonymous
    March 1, 2013 at 8:49 am

    Another buying opportunity for the only people with piles of cash to invest, the real constituents of the GOP. The masters of the universe will buy up assets, including military industry stock, and then they’ll suddenly start working to pass a budget.

  561. HUUFC
    March 1, 2013 at 9:30 am

    Just watched Obama’s dog and pony show with the press. It takes him 20 minutes to answer a simple question. Uh, uh, er. It’s everybody else’s fault, not mine. If only the Republicans would do what is right, uh, uh, er. The cuts maybe wont hurt right away but I can make sure they do in a few months, uh, uh, er, er.

    16.5 trillion dollars in debt, just wait till obamacare hit’s us too. What a liar he is and the slobbering media wont call him on it.

  562. Mitch
  563. Just Watchin
    March 1, 2013 at 9:43 am

    THE SKY IS FALLING!!! THE SKY IS FALLING!!!! Oh wait….we went from “falling off a cliff” to “tumbling downhill”. His lies are catching up with him. Let the sequestration commence!!!

  564. Just Watchin
    March 1, 2013 at 10:14 am

    The sequestration is even worse than Barry said it would be, according to Maxine Waters. Y’all must be sooooo proud to have her representing you:http://www.nationalreview.com/corner/341897/maxine-waters-sequester-could-cause-170-million-jobs-be-lost-charles-c-w-cooke

  565. Goldie
    March 1, 2013 at 10:52 am

    Taunt, bully, type, repeat.

  566. Just Watchin
    March 1, 2013 at 11:15 am

    January income in the US down 3.6%, thanks to the middle class tax increase that Barry promised would not happen. Biggest one month drop in 20 years. It will be interesting to see the democrats spin this and say that businesses were gearing up for the sequestration.

  567. March 2, 2013 at 6:53 am

    There was a sunset of the 2 percent social security contribution, just like the Bush cuts for the wealthy are sunsetting in theory. Maybe if a 2% tax on the payroll of workers has such dire effects for the economy we should eliminate payroll taxes altogether and just shift completely to wealth and income taxes. What do you think Mr. Florida Republican?

    {This is my best attempt at civility so far.}

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  568. March 2, 2013 at 7:12 am

    You may address me as “Humboldt County Libertarian Socialist” in the name of civility.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  569. March 2, 2013 at 7:26 am

    Yes my Florida Friend, I am somewhat on the outskirts of even liberal Humboldt.

    It is said that there are two approaches to achieving change: Pushing from within and pushing from without.

    I suppose that I am a pusher from without.

    That does not automatically make me an enemy from the pushers from within, but it does bring us into conflict sometimes.

    have a peaceful & civil day,
    Bill

  570. Anonymoose
    March 2, 2013 at 7:39 am

    What tax rate do you think those evil rich should pay Mr Humboldt County Libertarian Socialist?

  571. March 2, 2013 at 7:42 am

    I think that we should vote on it,. Civil Anonymous.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  572. March 2, 2013 at 7:54 am

    You all pushed through the Help America Vote act or whatever it was called that forced elections offices to adopt computerized voting systems.

    The technology now exists to put in place a national secure direct electronic voting system (internet voting) that would be far more convenient and secure. Not to mention less expensive than the current mess.

    At this point, I am not an advocate. I am just aksing, what do you think? Real pros and cons.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  573. March 2, 2013 at 8:01 am

    highboldtage,

    I think your statement that “the technology now exists to put in place a national secure direct electronic voting system” is just uninformed. But even if the technology existed, I wouldn’t want to have to depend on the honesty of the people running it, or the fact that the technology hadn’t been compromised.

    Anyone who thinks internet voting is a good idea should read this: http://electionlawblog.org/?p=24849

  574. March 2, 2013 at 8:24 am

    I’m an advocate of paper ballots for all elections, just to be clear.

    And it is entrely possible that I am uniformed on internet voting no doubt about that. However my life’s experience tells me it would be easier to build one national platform and have it more secure than our current patchwork of provably insecure and proprietary (secret ) software.

    This is an issue of national security and any electronic voting software needs to be open source, robust, and freely available to local governments.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  575. March 2, 2013 at 9:08 am

    Yes, it is an issue of national security. And yes, the existing provably insecure and proprietary software is a disaster. But at least — and it is definitely “least” — the existing software is not connected to the internet. Internet voting, whether open source or proprietary, would be far worse. Or maybe I should say internet voting WILL be far worse, as I’m as pessimistic about this as about most things political.

    As for a national software platform, I think that’s unconstitutional — voting is reserved to the states.

    A lot of people, most of whom I disagree with about many things, have devoted a lot of attention to internet voting. It is very dangerous. Read David Jefferson’s essay here for the best summary I’ve seen: http://electionlawblog.org/?p=24849

  576. March 2, 2013 at 9:15 am

    But aren’t the existing computerized voting systems already connected to the internet? Wasn’t there an incident in Ohio where the data was sent to a data backup center in Tenn and then manipulated or massaged or flipped?
    I seem to remember a story on Bradblog about that. That would imply that your internet disaster future is already here. I’ll look into it.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  577. March 2, 2013 at 9:23 am

    Some parts of some back ends may be networked, in some states. Usually, when it’s discovered and reported, the connection is stated to be eliminated. It’s more likely to be reporting systems than tabulation systems, and it’s never the actual cast-a-vote systems, to my knowledge.

    IMO, this is a critically important issue, and the internet voting advocates are just flat out wrong. They are trading convenience — in the hopes of increasing voting rates — against two critical things.

    First, they are trading away our right to a verifiable result. No way can I see internet voting as implemented in the real world producing a verifiable vote that the average citizen could, in theory, verify themselves.

    Second, they are trading away our right to vote in secret. Of course, we’ve already traded that away for the convenience of no-excuse-needed absentee voting. Anyone can coerce or buy the vote of someone who has received an absentee ballot. No one can effectively coerce the vote of someone who goes to a polling place to vote in private.

  578. March 2, 2013 at 9:30 am

    How do you feel about sticking to paper ballots, Mitch?

    Or you maybe prefer completely locally networked voting machines (essentially tabulators) physically isolated from the net and running open source software? That solution seems reasonable to me but I can’t evaluate it’s practicality.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  579. March 2, 2013 at 9:35 am

    After a few years of working on an open-source computerized tabulator, I’ve come to the conclusion that Brad Friedman is correct about paper ballots, hand-counted at the precinct on election night, being the best solution. I think multiple independently-operated software tabulations at the precinct is the next best, but I no longer expect to see that. (I don’t expect to see hand-counting either. I expect instead that we’ll soon all be able to push buttons on our smartphones to think we’ve voted.)

  580. March 2, 2013 at 10:05 am

    Well is the use of hand counted paper ballots the litmus test of real democracy?

    Is their absense a symptom of illegitimacy, of tyranny?

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  581. March 2, 2013 at 10:43 am

    Hand counting paper ballots has its own problems, some of them serious. In many precincts, it will prove impossible to get honest observers into the precincts. In others, tabulators will bring in pencil lead under their fingertips.

    Technically, the best solution is to limit the number of opportunities for *anyone* to touch the ballots, until they’ve been photographed (or scanned) and the photos or scan data are released for public, independent counting by whatever method people wish. The problem is then reduced to confirming that the photos or scans are an honest representation, and that requires an ability for observers to compare the photos with the paper ballots, right at the precinct after it closes, before the paper leaves for anyplace else or is otherwise touched.

    Politically and practically, that’s a non-starter.

  582. Anonymoose
    March 2, 2013 at 12:27 pm

    highboldtage :
    I think that we should vote on it,. Civil Anonymous.
    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

    So what is your vote?

  583. Just Watchin
    March 2, 2013 at 2:34 pm

    highboldtage :
    You all pushed through the Help America Vote act or whatever it was called that forced elections offices to adopt computerized voting systems.
    The technology now exists to put in place a national secure direct electronic voting system (internet voting) that would be far more convenient and secure. Not to mention less expensive than the current mess.
    At this point, I am not an advocate. I am just aksing, what do you think? Real pros and cons.
    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

    Secure internet voting? There will come a day when we wake up one morning, and banking accounts will be empty, thanks to the internet. No thanks.

  584. Anonymous
    March 2, 2013 at 4:03 pm

    It’s a good thing banks aren’t connected to the internet and can’t be hacked, right Watchin?

  585. Just Watchin
    March 2, 2013 at 4:23 pm

    Anonymous :
    It’s a good thing banks aren’t connected to the internet and can’t be hacked, right Watchin?

    Banks aren’t connected to the internet? I’m not sure what to make of that comment.

  586. March 3, 2013 at 11:16 am

    Harmeet Dhillon, a lawyer from San Francisco, is running to become the party’s statewide vice chairman.

    In a recent posting on Facebook, Dhillon was accused of sympathizing with terrorists by Vera Eyzendooren, president of the San Bernardino County Federation of Republican Women.

    “I was told by one of Harmeet’s friends that because of her religion, her loyalty is to the Muslim religion,” wrote Eyzendooren. “So she will defend a Muslim beheading two men without hesitation … she is not Republican.”

    Dhillon is a Sikh, who as a child moved to the United States from India.

    “In any group of 1,600 delegates, you’re going to have a few crazy people and bigots,” Dhillon told KCRA

    Read more: http://www.kcra.com/news/Calif-GOP-leaders-denounce-attack-on-candidate/-/11797728/19158846/-/jghdv1/-/index.html

  587. HUUFC
    March 3, 2013 at 2:33 pm

    Just watched the interview with Mitt and Ann Romney on Fox News Sunday. Very nice couple. Too bad he lost the election. They played a clip of one of the debates when Obama said that the sequestration “will not happen”. Funny, guess he misspoke.

  588. Anonymoose
    March 3, 2013 at 8:50 pm

    Things are going to hell in our country HUUFC. I think one day even Mitch will rue the day Romney didn’t win.

    Not that he will ever admit it.

  589. Elfin Cloaca
    March 4, 2013 at 11:30 am

    So Hoofsie watches Fox News. Who’da thought?

  590. Just Watchin
    March 4, 2013 at 3:09 pm

    Obama nominates a Walmart executive as budget director. That has to hurt you Walmart haters!

  591. HUUFC
    March 5, 2013 at 9:41 am

    Everybody should watch Fox News, half of the United States already does, try it, learn something new.

  592. March 6, 2013 at 11:12 pm

    “Everybody should watch Fox News, half of the United States already does, try it, learn something new.”
    Yeah, yeah: conglomerate liars declaring how many volunteer liars are attracted to their lies. Which is, or course; a lie.
    My taxes went up a lot last year. The rich had their taxes go down. The corps still don’t pay any taxes, and the Sequester had done just what it was intended to do. Screw the Americans out of any services from their government, and of course now they’ve just passed a pass for more “golden-hammers” and “diamond-encrusted” ammunition for the “Defense” dept. The aristocracy of this country is the greatest enemy America has ever had. They’re true traitors to what we were all about. And they’ve still got their little “Traitorlings” mouthing off on the blogs and spreading disinformation like manure.
    Hannity, O’Reilly, Limbaugh, they’re all laughing their butts off at these “Jews for Hitler,” morons, ensuring their children will receive nothing from the American dream. It’s really that their such cowards they can’t think for themselves. They need the “Great Men” to tell them what to say, who to hate. Their children will work as maids and cashiers; while the children of their masters will become engineers and doctors and lawyers and hedge-fund managers. But that’s ok with them, because in reality they hate their children, like they hate their neighbors, because they hate themselves. This is what their exposure to aristocracy’s media has taught them.
    But of course, this has all been said before to no avail. The more of their comments I read, the more I am convinced that the planet itself will not survive the idiocy and self-destruction of their greed.
    Do you hear it? 1.2 million WWII veterans are turning over in their graves.
    “Well done, good and faithful slave. Now if you’d be so kind as to slit your own throat as a final act of obedience, we here at the club would be most grateful.”

  593. Local Reporter
    March 7, 2013 at 7:59 am

    This just in: Obama wants to take all of your guns. Film at 11.

  594. Anonymous
    March 7, 2013 at 8:44 am

    It’s obvious that our leaders in DC (and most state capitols) no longer care what the majority of the people want or need. Every poll of voters compared to their activities in Washington prove it. The tax cuts for the rich diverted money from government coffers into campaign donations, SCOTUS via Citizens United gave them essentially unrestricted shopping privileges and they now own outright enough congressmen, bureaucrats and media pundits that it’s probably impossible to reverse it.

    http://s3.amazonaws.com/dk-production/images/21917/large/wealth_distribution_perception_reality_540.jpg?1362556515

    It’s not the deficit or “entitlements,” it’s the dangerous imbalance in income and total wealth that is at the matrix of all our economic and political woes.

  595. HUUFC
    March 7, 2013 at 10:09 am

    Oh dear, I’ve upset you. What did I post that was not true?

  596. Anonymoose
    March 7, 2013 at 10:12 am

    There just was a huge tax increase on the rich Anonymouse # 595.

    I have asked Bill many times before and the coward refuses to answer. Now I ask you. What tax rate do you feel the rich should pay?

  597. HUUFC
    March 7, 2013 at 10:21 am

    Excellent question, just how much? I’ve asked it many times and cannot get an answer. Bill O’Reilly cannot even extricate the amount or percentage from the various liberal guests he has. Invariably they revert to the talking points of the need to pay their fair share but never get to the point.

    My effective tax rate for 2012 was 10.3% federal and 2.8% state.

  598. Anonymous
    March 7, 2013 at 10:50 am

    Tax rates should be set according to what works best for the country’s economy. Only a fool or a liar would argue that they are correct now or that they should be lower for rich people.

  599. Comet Watcher
    March 7, 2013 at 2:15 pm

    I know this diverts greatly from taxes and slandering politicians, but Comet PanSTARRS will be visible for the first time in the Northern Hemisphere tonight, low on the horizon at sunset.

    I’m relatively new to the area, so does anyone know of a good place in Eureka with a view of the horizon, without excessive light pollution? I’m thinking about just heading down kinda behind the Wharfinger building or something, but I’m not sure it’s the best of places, and the only other suggestion I’ve had was the area behind the mall… which doesn’t sound particularly safe or sanitary with all the homeless people camped out doing who-knows-what drugs back there.

  600. Anonymous
    March 7, 2013 at 2:49 pm
  601. Anonymous
    March 7, 2013 at 3:04 pm

    There’s a pretty good viewing site up at the top of Berta Road above CR, Comet.

  602. Anonymous
    March 7, 2013 at 3:23 pm

    Or at the Park and Ride at the Elk River/Herrick Road turn off.

  603. Comet Watcher
    March 7, 2013 at 3:41 pm

    So, anything in Eureka city limits is pretty much crap, as I suspected. No surprise there, though.

    Thanks, anons!

  604. Anonymous
    March 7, 2013 at 3:56 pm

    If it was overhead and not low on the horizon, I might suggest someplace like the Del Norte Hill gully (when there are no school events) but what you want to see has special requirements, i.e. seeing the horizon. That means either a high vantage point or on the shore.

  605. Galileo G.
    March 7, 2013 at 5:40 pm

    There’s always up by the Kneeland Airport.

  606. Percy
    March 8, 2013 at 10:03 am

    Just wondering if anyone saw the darn thing (comet) and what they saw?

  607. Buzzkill
    March 11, 2013 at 9:35 am

    Relevant: The fastest growing job in America pays poorly. Meet home health care aides.

    http://money.cnn.com/2013/03/11/news/economy/fastest-growing-job/index.html?hpt=hp_t3

  608. Anonymous
    March 11, 2013 at 11:31 pm

    I would like to know who in Eureka did not receive their Black Phone Book (Hagadon Directory) this year. I purchased an ad an have had calls from Arcata Mckinleyville, Fortuna Fields Landing and Humboldt Hill but no calls from Eureka, I own a home, 2 businesses and am affiliated with 3 other addresses in Eureka, none of those Eureka addresses received black phone books this year. The folks at the black book say it is coincidence that all their directories were delivered. I would like to know Who Else in Eureka did Not Receive a Black Book delivered to their home or office this year.

  609. Anony
    March 12, 2013 at 4:10 pm

    Neither my office nor home has received a Black Book in a couple of years. I thought they went out of business.

  610. Anonymous
    March 12, 2013 at 8:35 pm

    Maybe the contractors they hire to throw them in your driveway took some shortcuts.

  611. March 14, 2013 at 7:58 am

    Simplified Bhang – Simple Cannabis Milk Recipe
    Posted in Uncategorized with tags bhang, cannabis milk, pot milk on March 11, 2013 by highboldtage

    OK Here we go. First of let me say that Bhang is a sacred traditional beverage comprised of milk and cannabis and flavoring ingredients that is consumed in areas of India and south Asia by various sects. As such, there are many traditional recipes which contain ingredients that might be essential to spiritual practice in those regions. I mean no disrespect to those Peoples and cultures by simplifying this recipe for Western use.

    I think the future of cannabis is in the edible form, and I don’t like eating that many cookies, so I have been experimenting with other methods of cooking the herb.

    I usually make enough to last me two days, which is a quart. I use half and half, as it has a higher butter fat content than regular milk and this aids in the extraction of THC into the milk.

    So I start with a quart of 1/2 & 1/2 and I add a pint of water to it (I let it simmer back down to the original volume about twice) and start it to simmer on top of the stove. This should get the milk hot enough to bubble a bit but not boil. I let it simmer for 3 to 5 hours. My friend says that the longer you simmer it the stronger it gets. She may be right, but I can’t prove it at the moment. Probably some of you will be reaching for your food thermometers to find the optimum temperature for this process. I hope you do and when you do come back here and let us know.

    Right now I use a handful of decent shake from Sohum to make my bhang. I just guestimate it but it is around a half cup or so, ground rather finely but loosely packed in the cup. This part you will have to guestimate on your own, based upon the quality of your herb and your own tolerance. And of course batches of herb and shake vary in potency and effect from plant to plant. I haven’t tried this with quality bud but I don’t see why it won’t work, just adjust the quantity downward to reflect the increased potency. I haven’t tried it with bud because 1) I’m poor and I can’t afford bud, and 2) I do have some shake from SoHum, its decent Kandy Kush shake.

    After 3 to 5 hours and it looks good I will strain it into another pan, let it cool for 10 minutes or so and then stir it good and pour it into two clean peanut butter jars with lids, then into the fridge for tomorrow morning. One pint is enough for me for most of the day without a single toke so I can cut way down on my smoking/vaping.

    LIke all edibles, I drink about half first, then wait about an hour to see how I feel.

    I did try for a while to add a little butter to the mix to increase the butterfat but the results for me were not agreeable. The butter kind of coagulated when it cooled in the fridge and made it hard to drink. Also I have added bakers cocoa to make it chocolately and that works pretty good, but I kind of like the taste of hemp milk myself. I know some people can’t stand it. Another flavor might be cinnamon, but I haven’t tried it.

    No matter what, about ten minutes after you drink some, your tummy says “Thanks!” “That feels good!”

    http://wp.me/pbr9G-3DM

    Note: Humboldt dairy farmers need to get moooo-ving on this. Its the brand baby.

    have a peaceful day, and enjoy it,
    Bill

  612. Just Watchin
    March 14, 2013 at 8:49 am

    So Bill’s a stoner. I should have guessed.

  613. Anonymous
    March 14, 2013 at 9:18 am

    Bill Holmes, AKA “Highboldtage”. This freakin guy…
    THIS is the guy “fighting” for raising the minimum wage… while he drinks marijuana milk and collects SSI (which is taken out of the paychecks of people who DO work). Bill also seems to believe that pot can send him on a ‘spiritual journey':

    Highboldtage’s Blog :
    “No I don’t drink it normally for religiious experience, if I did I would have to up the amount of thc. to gain that spirituality. I just drink it normally to ease the pain of aging and just to feel better, though I don’t rule out the occasional spiritual journey. It is a non addictive alternative to things like designer opiates. And since I am drinking it, consuming it as food, there is no harmful smoke going into my lungs.”

    (He just saves all that “harmful smoke” for his attempt at collecting more SSI money, since employees who make more get more taken out of their checks.)

    Bill wants to push for local dairies to manufacture this gunk… and people still take his fair-wage BS seriously?

  614. *itch
    March 14, 2013 at 9:20 am

    This blog is dead.

  615. Just Watchin
    March 14, 2013 at 9:31 am

    Anonymous :Bill Holmes, AKA “Highboldtage”. This freakin guy…THIS is the guy “fighting” for raising the minimum wage… while he drinks marijuana milk and collects SSI (which is taken out of the paychecks of people who DO work). Bill also seems to believe that pot can send him on a ‘spiritual journey’:

    Highboldtage’s Blog :“No I don’t drink it normally for religiious experience, if I did I would have to up the amount of thc. to gain that spirituality. I just drink it normally to ease the pain of aging and just to feel better, though I don’t rule out the occasional spiritual journey. It is a non addictive alternative to things like designer opiates. And since I am drinking it, consuming it as food, there is no harmful smoke going into my lungs.”

    (He just saves all that “harmful smoke” for his attempt at collecting more SSI money, since employees who make more get more taken out of their checks.)
    Bill wants to push for local dairies to manufacture this gunk… and people still take his fair-wage BS seriously?

    But when he’s on the fair wage act thread, he’s now posting as “anonymous”. He must have realized that he’s not a very credible spokesperson for their cause. But being a stoner does explain many of his comments there.

  616. March 14, 2013 at 9:32 am

    Your Constitutional Right to Cannabis

    You and I have a Constitutional Right to grow, to possess, and to consume cannabis sativa and its variants.

    Really you do. I want all of you lawn order Democrats to read this. I want all of you Tea Partiers to smoke this. I want all of you cryptofascists to read this. I want all of you Christians to read this.

    I have pointed out to people in debates for years that it says right in the Constitution that you have a right to grow, possess, and yes! smoke cannabis sativa if you so choose. These people (some of them are well meaning but just ignorant) challenge me to point out the words in the Constitution that guarantee me the right to use cannabis sativa.

    I tell them it is right there, right next to the words that guarantee them the right to manufacture, possess and consume alcohol. It’s right there, can’t you see it? Of course you can.

    Because when the Constitution was ratified and the Bill of Rights was ratified the cultivation and processing and yes! the smoking of india hemp (cannabis sativa and its cultivars) was perfectly legal in the newborn United States of America. As a matter of fact, so was the production and use of alcohol. That is why a century later that miserable exercise in prohibition against alcohol required a Constitutional Amendment to outlaw alcohol.

    It is time for the government to give up the war on hemp and move on. The War on Hemp is Un-Constitutional

    It is over.

    We the People have the Constitutional Right to use cannabis in any one of its four uses: spiritual, medicinal, recreational and nutritional-industrial.

    have a peaceful day,

    Bill

  617. Anonymous
    March 14, 2013 at 9:46 am

    Bill’s thinking is that if everyone posts as anonymous for a while and if everyone just chills without attacking each other that the troll influence will greatly diminish here. But that’s just a guess because how would I know I could be anyone…..

  618. Just Watchin
    March 14, 2013 at 9:54 am

    Anonymous :Bill’s thinking is that if everyone posts as anonymous for a while and if everyone just chills without attacking each other that the troll influence will greatly diminish here. But that’s just a guess because how would I know I could be anyone…..

    Yep…..you could be Mitch. (your writing style is not hard to spot)

  619. *itch
    March 14, 2013 at 9:58 am

    I am tracking all of your IP addresses.

  620. Anonymous
    March 14, 2013 at 10:05 am

    Just watching is demonstrating why so many people post anonymously now. His constant personal attacks and ad hominem fallacies are predictable.

  621. Just Watchin
    March 14, 2013 at 10:06 am

    *itch :I am tracking all of your IP addresses.

    LMFAO !!!

  622. Anonymous
    March 14, 2013 at 10:28 am

    Where is Mitch to protect us from the harmful words written by just watchin? If I keep choosing to read what jw writes, I may burst into flames, or become a commie or a cappie or something awful lawful.

  623. Just Watchin
    March 14, 2013 at 11:00 am

    Anonymous :
    Where is Mitch to protect us from the harmful words written by just watchin? If I keep choosing to read what jw writes, I may burst into flames, or become a commie or a cappie or something awful lawful.

    You’re a hoot Mitch !

  624. BJ
    March 14, 2013 at 11:28 am

    Lug humpin wife beater!

  625. Anonymous
    March 14, 2013 at 4:26 pm

    “Libertarian Socialist” is a synonym for “Anarchist”, Bill.

  626. Anonymous
    March 14, 2013 at 4:39 pm

    highboldtage :
    I have pointed out to people in debates for years that it says right in the Constitution that you have a right to grow, possess, and yes! smoke cannabis sativa if you so choose. These people (some of them are well meaning but just ignorant) challenge me to point out the words in the Constitution that guarantee me the right to use cannabis sativa.
    I tell them it is right there, right next to the words that guarantee them the right to manufacture, possess and consume alcohol. It’s right there, can’t you see it? Of course you can.
    Because when the Constitution was ratified and the Bill of Rights was ratified the cultivation and processing and yes! the smoking of india hemp (cannabis sativa and its cultivars) was perfectly legal in the newborn United States of America. As a matter of fact, so was the production and use of alcohol. That is why a century later that miserable exercise in prohibition against alcohol required a Constitutional Amendment to outlaw alcohol.
    We the People have the Constitutional Right to use cannabis in any one of its four uses: spiritual, medicinal, recreational and nutritional-industrial.

    Lead-based paint, smoking while pregnant, and abortion are all OK too by that same bit of the constitution, right? How about absinthe, LSD, or acid? Are those covered too? It doesn’t matter whether or not here in far-flung Humboldt you’ve got a 215 card. Marijuana is illegal at a federal level. Get over it, hippie. It’s bad for yourself and for those in your vicinity while you’re toking. I know you want to turn Humboldt into its own country or whatever, but that’s not reality. Methinks your tummy is a little TOO happy from all that bhang you’ve been chugging.

  627. March 14, 2013 at 6:49 pm

    You remember those IQ tests you used to take, with a couple of geometric shapes like a triangle and a square and then maybe a picture of a banana? And they ask you whichtow are the same and which is different? Here’s a hint. Marijuana is similar to alchohol, though of course I believe it to be far more beneficial and far less addictive than alcohol. But lead paint? Different.

    You fail the test. Sorry but you can’t escape the curve.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  628. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 9:14 am

    Lead-based paint causes cancer, and so does smoking weed. The difference is the delivery method. If there were such a thing as lead vapor I’m pretty sure it’d be something to avoid, since aerosol delivery methods are much more effective than contact absorption. Second hand marijuana smoke has the same potentially deadly consequence as the cigarette has – cancer. Granted, there is no evidence that there is a HIGHER risk for those around second hand marijuana smoke than there is for those around second hand cigarette smoke — it’s the SAME risk. Marijuana & cigarettes — even incense — are all known for potentially causing lung and throat cancers. Breathing second-hand cigarette smoke is worse than smoking yourself, so it’s naive to think that pot somehow is magically different in that respect.

    Speaking of ‘magical’, do you really believe that toking causes ‘spiritual journeys of enlightenment’ or whatever, or is that just one of many excuses (along with ‘chronic pain’, boo hoo) that you use to justify doing it? That’s what addicts do, Bill: they make excuses why it’s okay to do something they shouldn’t. Many Eurekan stoners don’t think twice about lighting up in public (bus stops, etc), then telling anyone who confronts them to go “find” themselves “‘cuz they’s gots a scrip”, as though that entitles them to do whatever they want, wherever they want, when in reality they can’t feel good unless they’re high. I guess that kind of spits in the eye of your claims to the contrary that pot isn’t addictive.

    The high from smoking weed is from chemicals in pot that trick you into thinking you feel good by locking up your brain cells, creating a similar experience to what it feels like if you’re actually killing them. (Those ‘spiritual journeys’? Yeah, that’s your brain temporarily shutting down and becoming incapable of its full capacity since you can’t access parts of it.)

    Your “test” is typically asinine of you, and doesn’t address my point in the slightest (being that your vaunted constitutional protection also covers the things I listed). Put the warm mug of bhang down, and try to answer my question about the constitutional protection of the things I listed again when you’re sober.

  629. Anony
    March 15, 2013 at 9:19 am

    Anonymous :
    Just watching is demonstrating why so many people post anonymously now. His constant personal attacks and ad hominem fallacies are predictable.

    Right, because liberals never attacked, tracked or threatened conservative voices did they? Larry was notorious for this.

  630. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 9:29 am

    Anonymous :
    Speaking of ‘magical’, do you really believe that toking causes ‘spiritual journeys of enlightenment’.

    Followers of the ancient Roman religion (based upon drinking alcohol and drunken reverie) beieve that wine is the blood of Christ. Talk about imaginary friends.

  631. *itch
    March 15, 2013 at 9:30 am

    Ya! Liberals only censor dissenting voices! We pretend they don’t exist.

  632. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 9:36 am

    The barriers between left and right, liberal and conservative are breaking down.

    What is clear is the emerging line between those who believe in superstitions of the past and those who are comfotable with modernity.

  633. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 9:58 am

    Seven generation sustainability

    From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

    Seven generation sustainability is an ecological concept that urges the current generation of humans to live sustainably and work for the benefit of the seventh generation into the future.[1] It originated with the Iroquois – Great Law of the Iroquois – which holds appropriate to think seven generations ahead (about 140 years into the future) and decide whether the decisions they make today would benefit their children seven generations into the future.

    “In every deliberation, we must consider the impact on the seventh generation… even if it requires having skin as thick as the bark of a pine.” This is an often repeated saying, and most who use it claim that it comes from “The Constitution of the Iroquois Nations: The Great Binding Law.”

    In fact, the original language is as follows: In all of your deliberations in the Confederate Council, in your efforts at law making, in all your official acts, self-interest shall be cast into oblivion. Cast not over your shoulder behind you the warnings of the nephews and nieces should they chide you for any error or wrong you may do, but return to the way of the Great Law which is just and right. Look and listen for the welfare of the whole people and have always in view not only the present but also the coming generations, even those whose faces are yet beneath the surface of the ground – the unborn of the future Nation.

    Oren Lyons, Chief of the Onondaga Nation, writes: “We are looking ahead , as is one of the first mandates given us as chiefs, to make sure and to make every decision that we make relate to the welfare and well-being of the seventh generation to come. . . .” “What about the seventh generation? Where are you taking them? What will they have?” [2]

    go link yourself :)

  634. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 11:21 am

    “in reality they can’t feel good unless they’re high.”

    They mistake high for ‘good’ and stoned for ‘normal’. They think moraly upright means ‘really beautiful man’. They think if they get cancer it’s okay because ‘it’s all good’. When they get loaded before they get on the bus they think it will take them to a ‘magic spiritual land’. I could go on about these adicted morans but I need another cup of coffee first.

  635. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 3:52 pm

    State Assemblyman Who Voted Against Medical Marijuana Busted on Pot Charge

    Cops said Steve Katz, conservative Republican from the Hudson Valley, was found with pot during a traffic stop on his way to Albany

    By Kenneth Lovett, New York Daily News – Friday, March 15 2013

    An outspoken state assemblyman who serves on the chamber’s Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Committee — and voted against medical marijuana — has been busted for possessing pot, state police said Friday.

    Assemblyman Steve Katz, 59, a conservative Republican from the Hudson Valley, was pulled over on the state Thruway for going 80 miles an hour in a 65 mph zone when a trooper detected a “slight odor” of marijuana, state police spokesman Sgt. Don Baker said.

    The trooper asked Katz if there was any pot in the car – and the assemblyman said “yes” and handed over a small bag that contained less than 25 ounces, Baker said.

    The trooper did not see evidence that Katz was driving while impaired so he ticketed him for unlawful possession of marijuana, a noncriminal violation, and speeding — and let him drive off, Baker said. Katz was heading to Albany at the time.

  636. Just Watchin
    March 15, 2013 at 4:01 pm

    I’m not up on the whole pot thing, but can a “small bag” hold 25 OUNCES of pot?

  637. Smart 5th Grader
    March 15, 2013 at 4:05 pm

    “Small” by Humboldt standards perhaps?

  638. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 6:29 pm

    Gushi culture

    From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

    Gushi (Chinese: 姑師文化; pinyin: Gūshī wénhuà) or Jushi (Chinese: 車師文化; pinyin: Jūshī wénhuà), was an ancient culture around the Turpan basin,[1] in what is today the Xinjiang region of China.

    Historical context

    The area around Ayding Lake in the Turpan region was said to be the territory of the Gushi people. According to historical accounts, these people “lived in tents, followed the grasses and waters, and had considerable knowledge of agriculture. They owned cattle, horses, camels sheep and goats. There were proficient with bows and arrows”.[2] The Gushi and the kingdom of Kroran were linked in the account of Zhang Qian, presuamably because they were under the control of the Xiongnu. In the years around 60 BC, Gushi fell to the Chinese after the Battle of Jushi and was subsequently known as Jushi.

    Jushi then further differentiated into two kingdoms, the Nearer Jushi (Turfan) and the Further Jushi (Jimasa).

    Archaeology and research

    The Yanghai Tombs, a vast ancient cemetery (54 000 m2) attributed to this culture, have revealed the 2,700-year-old grave of a shaman. Near the head and foot of the shaman lay a large leather basket and wooden bowl filled with 789g of cannabis, superbly preserved by climatic and burial conditions. An international team demonstrated that this material contained tetrahydrocannabinol, the psychoactive component of cannabis. The cannabis was presumably employed by this culture as a medicinal or psychoactive agent, or an aid to divination. This is the oldest documentation of cannabis as a pharmacologically active agent.[3]

    The cache of cannabis is about 2,700 years old and was clearly “cultivated for psychoactive purposes,” rather than as fibre for clothing or as food, says a research paper in the Journal of Experimental Botany.[3] The 789 grams of dried cannabis was buried alongside a light-haired, blue-eyed Caucasian man, likely a shaman of the Gushi culture, near Turpan in northwestern China. The extremely dry conditions and alkaline soil acted as preservatives, allowing a team of scientists to carefully analyze the stash, which still looked green though it had lost its distinctive odour.

    This shaman was caucasoid, and was well over six feet tall. He may belong to, or was related to the Yuezhi people or Tocharians known to have lived in the region.

  639. Anonymous
    March 15, 2013 at 8:48 pm

    I don’t think they would have buried that much cannabis if they could get the price it goes for today.

  640. Dan
    March 16, 2013 at 7:21 am

    “Lead-based paint causes cancer, and so does smoking weed.” #629

    Of the top 10 countries for the number of people who have ever used cannabis, five are also in the top 10 for rating themselves as very happy and the top 10 for life satisfaction. None are in the top 10 for countries with people who rate themselves as not very or not at all happy. Six of the top dope-smoking countries are also in the top 10 for fruit juice consumption. Four of the top cannabis-using countries were in the top 10 for having attended a demonstration, and five were in the top 10 lists for joining a boycott and signing a petition.

  641. Sober and happy
    March 16, 2013 at 9:50 am

    Dan :
    “Lead-based paint causes cancer, and so does smoking weed.” #629
    Of the top 10 countries for the number of people who have ever used cannabis, five are also in the top 10 for rating themselves as very happy and the top 10 for life satisfaction. None are in the top 10 for countries with people who rate themselves as not very or not at all happy. Six of the top dope-smoking countries are also in the top 10 for fruit juice consumption. Four of the top cannabis-using countries were in the top 10 for having attended a demonstration, and five were in the top 10 lists for joining a boycott and signing a petition.

    Yeah, although Cheech and Chong were total losers they were very happy.

    All the dope smoking losers are happy as long as there are sober people around to take care of them.

  642. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 10:07 am

    Dan :“Lead-based paint causes cancer, and so does smoking weed.” #629
    Of the top 10 countries for the number of people who have ever used cannabis, five are also in the top 10 for rating themselves as very happy and the top 10 for life satisfaction. None are in the top 10 for countries with people who rate themselves as not very or not at all happy. Six of the top dope-smoking countries are also in the top 10 for fruit juice consumption. Four of the top cannabis-using countries were in the top 10 for having attended a demonstration, and five were in the top 10 lists for joining a boycott and signing a petition.

    So stoners feel that they are happy, satisfied, drink a lot of juice, and join protests (of course they do. Few have jobs and a lot of time to kill).

  643. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 10:53 am

    Again with the stereotypical BS from the Watcher. It’s so typical of him that he doesn’t consider his smears of liberals to be insults. Countries which have the freedom that allows people to smoke pot (even if technically illegal) are bound to have happier people than totalitarian states which punish it harshly. They would also naturally have a higher rate of civic participation. Only in Watchin’s brain does caring about your country and community enough to spend time protesting its faults translate to not having a job and being stoned and/or drunk all the time. His liberal caricatures are so boringly predictable that I could write his opinions after spending 10 minutes a day listening to Rush.

  644. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 10:56 am

    Conservatives want to leave their descendants piles of cash to protect them from the eminent collapse of civilization. Liberals want to leave their descendants a decent life earth for all. I like the liberal agenda better.

  645. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 12:24 pm

    Anonymous :Again with the stereotypical BS from the Watcher. It’s so typical of him that he doesn’t consider his smears of liberals to be insults. Countries which have the freedom that allows people to smoke pot (even if technically illegal) are bound to have happier people than totalitarian states which punish it harshly. They would also naturally have a higher rate of civic participation. Only in Watchin’s brain does caring about your country and community enough to spend time protesting its faults translate to not having a job and being stoned and/or drunk all the time. His liberal caricatures are so boringly predictable that I could write his opinions after spending 10 minutes a day listening to Rush.

    Exactly where did I associate the stoner culture to liberals? The fact that you made the connection says it all. I merely stated the obvious….that people who stay stoned just naturally feel happier. Hell, I thought that was why people smoked dope. And where did I say anything about being drunk? And you’re saying that you have to be a stoner to participate in civic matters? I believe that you’ve proven my point. Why don’t you light another doobie and go wait by your mailbox for your welfare check. And don’t play in the traffic. You’re in no shape to dodge cars!

  646. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 12:28 pm

    And I still don’t understand the whole juice drinking thing. Maybe it’s some sort of stoner tradition. Can anyone explain?

  647. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 12:39 pm

    Anonymous :Conservatives want to leave their descendants piles of cash to protect them from the eminent collapse of civilization. Liberals want to leave their descendants a decent life earth for all. I like the liberal agenda better.

    How does passing on a mountain of debt “leave their descendants a decent life for all”? I plan on leaving my sons a butt load of money, and they can create their own “decent life”. Or I could blow all of my money, change parties and become a democrat, and leave em a pile of bills when I kick.

  648. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 12:47 pm

    A decent life can’t be bought with mountains of money if those around you are starving. Your butt load of money isn’t going to stop climate change or soil depletion. It is being taken from the pockets of the working poor who labor for dividends and your food. You are helping to create the economic crisis you fear. Talk about self fulfilling prophecy.

  649. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 1:01 pm

    “You are helping to create the economic crisis you fear”……. Trust me Anon…….with the money I have, I don’t fear any economic crisis.

  650. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 1:41 pm

    You invested in a moon colony?

  651. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 1:54 pm

    Anonymous :
    You invested in a moon colony?

    The drugs are taking over. You need to seek help.

  652. Sober and happy
    March 16, 2013 at 1:58 pm

    Anonymous :
    A decent life can’t be bought with mountains of money if those around you are starving. Your butt load of money isn’t going to stop climate change or soil depletion. It is being taken from the pockets of the working poor who labor for dividends and your food. You are helping to create the economic crisis you fear. Talk about self fulfilling prophecy.

    How little you understand of our economic sysem. Unless Just Watching is a bank robber or a government employee he is not taking “from the pockets of the working poor”. His success helps the working poor by providing them jobs and buying their services and products.

  653. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 2:07 pm

    His retirement is funded by their labor. His class has taken a larger and larger share of the profits since the 70’s. If I should be paying you a living wage but instead I’m cutting them and sending it to Just Watchin to stuff in his gold vault to hand over to his kids on his death. If more of that money was paid to labor’s share, our economy would be better for everyone, including Just Watchin.

  654. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 2:30 pm

    When you have an entire class of takers, you have to have makers.

  655. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 3:10 pm

    JW is a part of the problem, not the solution.

  656. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 3:25 pm

    Labor is making and you are taking.

  657. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 3:34 pm

    Anonymous :
    Labor is making and you are taking.

    I’ll take that as a compliment. Thank you. After all this time, some people still don’t get it. I worked hard all my life to get where I am, and could really care less about those who haven’t.

  658. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 4:05 pm

    That’s Christian morality for you.

  659. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 4:26 pm

    Anonymous :
    That’s Christian morality for you.

    Christian morality?? I’m an atheist, dumbass. Save the preachin for Sunday.

  660. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 4:43 pm

    I’m sorry to have to be the one to inform you JW, but you are your own worst enemy.

  661. Just Watchin
    March 16, 2013 at 4:45 pm

    Anonymous :
    I’m sorry to have to be the one to inform you JW, but you are your own worst enemy.

    You are right about one thing……you are sorry.

  662. Dan
    March 16, 2013 at 4:55 pm

    Ode To A Scab

    After God had finished the rattlesnake, the toad, and the vampire, He had some awful substance left with which He made a scab. A scab is a two-legged animal with a corkscrew soul, a waterlogged brain, and a combination backbone made of jelly and glue. Where others have hearts, he carries a tumor of rotten principles.

    When a scab comes down the street, men turn their backs and angels weep in heaven, and the devil shuts the gates of hell to keep him out. No man has a right to scab as long as there is a pool of water deep enough to drown his body in, or a rope long enough to hang his carcass with. Judas Iscariot was a gentleman compared with a scab. For betraying his Master, he had character enough to hang himself. A scab hasn’t.

    Esau sold his birthright for a mess of pottage. Judas Iscariot sold his savior for thirty pieces of silver. Benedict Arnold sold his country for a promise of a commission in the British Army. The modern strikebreaker sells his birthright, his country, his wife, his children, and his fellow men for an unfulfilled promise from his employer, trust, or corporation.
    Jack London 1915

  663. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 5:55 pm

    Like the rest of the social Darwinists JW is evolving backwards. I guess he hasn’t noticed that the world changed forever on 9/11.

  664. Anonymous
    March 16, 2013 at 7:04 pm

    @ #660 JW defensively claims he’s an atheist. Which is no surprise since he lacks any moral compass.

  665. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 7:10 am

    California Spends Too Much – Supporting Failed Red States

    Red States Feed at Federal Trough, Blue States Supply the Feed

    The Tax Foundation has released a fascinating report showing which states benefit from federal tax and spending policies, and which states foot the bill.

    The report shows that of the 32 states (and the District of Columbia) that are “winners” — receiving more in federal spending than they pay in federal taxes — 76% are Red States that voted for George Bush in 2000. Indeed, 17 of the 20 (85%) states receiving the most federal spending per dollar of federal taxes paid are Red States. Here are the Top 10 states that feed at the federal trough (with Red States highlighted in bold):

    States Receiving Most in Federal Spending Per Dollar of Federal Taxes Paid:

    1. D.C. ($6.17)

    2. North Dakota ($2.03)

    3. New Mexico ($1.89)

    4. Mississippi ($1.84)

    5. Alaska ($1.82)

    6. West Virginia ($1.74)

    7. Montana ($1.64)

    8. Alabama ($1.61)

    9. South Dakota ($1.59)

    10. Arkansas ($1.53)

    In contrast, of the 16 states that are “losers” — receiving less in federal spending than they pay in federal taxes — 69% are Blue States that voted for Al Gore in 2000. Indeed, 11 of the 14 (79%) of the states receiving the least federal spending per dollar of federal taxes paid are Blue States. Here are the Top 10 states that supply feed for the federal trough (with Blue States highlighted in bold):

    States Receiving Least in Federal Spending Per Dollar of Federal Taxes Paid:

    1. New Jersey ($0.62)

    2. Connecticut ($0.64)

    3. New Hampshire ($0.68)

    4. Nevada ($0.73)

    5. Illinois ($0.77)

    6. Minnesota ($0.77)

    7. Colorado ($0.79)

    8. Massachusetts ($0.79)

    9. California ($0.81)

    10. New York ($0.81)

    http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2004/09/red_states

  666. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 7:42 am

    Bill’s successfully found his new identity as ‘anonymous’. See how much fun it is to be a “nameless internet coward”, you worthless stoner lame?

  667. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 7:46 am

    via the SacBee:

    From the Hyde Park mound in West Fresno, you can see the city landscape quickly go from residential to industrial park. You can smell it, too.

    Across the street, there is an animal rendering plant, a poultry facility, a meat distributor and a PG&E substation. The Hyde Park mound itself is a converted garbage landfill.

    But there is more: high asthma rates, widespread poverty and low birth weights that scientists link to dirty air, chemical exposures and a host of other problems.

    The California Environmental Protection Agency says people in West Fresno live with higher health risks than anyone in California – higher than any part of Los Angeles, Oakland or any place else you can name.

    Life expectancy in West Fresno is more than 20 years lower than in northeast Fresno, according to a 2012 study done by a team of researchers including the Central Valley Health Policy Institute at Fresno State.

    http://www.sacbee.com/2013/03/17/5269301/california-epa-puts-west-fresno.html

  668. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 7:49 am

    On Sunday the Los Angeles Times published a story about the important successes of campaigns to pass local minimum wage and living wage laws. However, while highlighting new developments that will impact local economies and the lives of workers, the Times missed the real story and forces behind this growing trend.

    In fact, both measures were conceived and carried to victory by broad coalitions of people and organizations interested in improving their cities – together with key labor partners who see their role as improving the lot of all workers’ lives.

    read the rest of the article:

    http://www.calitics.com/diary/14905/la-times-misses-the-story-behind-living-wage-campaigns

  669. Just Watchin
    March 17, 2013 at 7:58 am

    Anonymous :Bill’s successfully found his new identity as ‘anonymous’. See how much fun it is to be a “nameless internet coward”, you worthless stoner lame?

    You do realize that you are also posting as an “Anonymous”, Don’t you?

  670. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 8:13 am

    Anonymity can be used to disseminate information. Anonymity can be wasted on ad hominem attacks, stupid beer hall analogies, and “look over there” diversions and “let’s you and him fight” trolling. Trolling at a certain level is another form of censorship too since it smashes the soapbox upon which free speech is standing.

  671. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 8:18 am

    NCJ: Eureka Fair Wage Initiative “Easily” Qualifies for Ballot – Will Be Before City Council Mar. 19

    The Eureka Fair Wage campaign is delighted that we easily surpassed the 10% signature threshold, guaranteeing ballot access for the Eureka Fair Wage Act. We believe, however, and hope to prove, that we gathered enough signatures to cross the 15% threshold which would put the Fair Wage Act on a ballot even sooner.

    Please come out to the Eureka City Council meeting at 6:00pm, Tuesday March 19 and show your support for the Eureka Fair Wage Act. The Fair Wage Act (or “Minimum Wage Ordinance”) will be on the agenda. The City Council has the option, again, to listen to the needs of the people and simply pass the Act, raising the minimum wage for large employers to pay their workers in Eureka. If the Council does not, we will continue organizing and pass the initiative at the ballot box!

    Wage Hike Proposal Headed to Eureka City Council

    North Coast Journal, Ryan Burns, Mar. 8, 2013

    Here’s a ray of hope for people working at Eureka’s Taco Bell. Or Wal-Mart. Or any other business in the city that pays workers as little as the law will tolerate:

    A petition to boost Eureka’s minimum wage to $12 an hour has received enough valid signatures to be presented to the City Council at its March 19 meeting.

    http://www.northcoastjournal.com/blogthing/2013/03/08/wage-hike-proposal-headed-eureka-city-council/

  672. And nothing but the Truth
    March 17, 2013 at 9:33 am

    More uninformed nonsense bill.

    The local Taco Bell, McDonalds & Burger Kings are locally owned. They all have less than 50 employees.

  673. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 9:47 am

    It is said that we don’t need a minimum wage, that a minimum wage causes unemployment, that if the minimum wage were lower then employers could afford to hire more workers. It is said often that this is “supply and demand” and an ironclad “law of economics.” It is of course an argument designed to appeal to the simpler minded half of the gene pool.

    Yet two facts confront us.

    One, the real purchasing power in constant dollar terms of the minimum wage has declined for 45 years, so there has been a de facto “lowering” of the minimum wage, and Two, we currently have a very persistent and high level of unemployment.

    The laboratory of life has proved this favorite Chamber of Commerce meme to be a fabrication that is nowhere near real life economics.

    We conclude that the theory that lowering the minimum wage increases employment is FALSE.

  674. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 11:11 am

    And nothing but the Truth :
    More uninformed nonsense bill.
    The local Taco Bell, McDonalds & Burger Kings are locally owned. They all have less than 50 employees.

    You appear to be somewhat uniformed yourself on our local issues. The Eureka Fair Wage Act applies to businesses with 25 or more employees, not 50.

    It is a Mom & Pop protection act. It is a Small Box protection act.

    Where did you say you were from?

  675. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 11:22 am

    If the minimum wage act is on the November 2014 ballot that is going to be a humdinger of an election. There are three city council seats up for vote next year. All the candidates will have to take a position on it. Play it wrong and oops you have a whole new majority in this town.

  676. And nothing but the Truth
    March 17, 2013 at 11:31 am

    Anonymous :

    And nothing but the Truth :
    More uninformed nonsense bill.
    The local Taco Bell, McDonalds & Burger Kings are locally owned. They all have less than 50 employees.

    You appear to be somewhat uniformed yourself on our local issues. The Eureka Fair Wage Act applies to businesses with 25 or more employees, not 50.
    It is a Mom & Pop protection act. It is a Small Box protection act.
    Where did you say you were from?

    From Eureka Bill. But unlike you I have lived here all my life. You people who lived their lives elsewhere their whole lives and then come here to retire have a snobbishness that makes you think you know more than us.

    You don’t. You don’t work and apparently don’t care about those of us who do.

  677. And nothing but the Truth
    March 17, 2013 at 11:32 am

    Your abject refusal to tell us why, if $12 an hour is so great, why didn’t you push for $20 an hour tells us all we need to know.

  678. Abraham De Lacey Giuseppe Casey Thomas O'Malley
    March 17, 2013 at 12:13 pm

    And nothing but the Truth :
    Your abject refusal to tell us why, if $12 an hour is so great, why didn’t you push for $20 an hour tells us all we need to know.

    its not that great. it is a fair wage, that working 32 hours will put one person just above poverty level.

    this is merely a small step in the right direction; to relive struggling families, individuals and our suffering economy.

    no onto an unrelated note. FYI.

    “St. Patrick” was an Englishman; who came to Ireland to brutally drive out (kill) the natives, and subjugate the land of it wealth and fertility. so you can drink green beer.

    so being Irish and celebrating “Pats” day; is kinda like being a Jew celebrating the holocaust

    “Irish Christians” is nothing more then mass Stockholm syndrome, the same can be said for African Christians, American(native) Christians, and Mexican Christians.

    have a nice day.

  679. The Anonymighty
    March 17, 2013 at 8:31 pm

    Um, isn’t there a separate thread for talking about the Fair Wage Fools?

    Also, interesting to see that Bill is using Anonymous now, but when he’s following his patented Bill Holmes Post Pattern, it’s not anonymous at all. His “voice” always seems to carry a condescending, pretentiously superior tone, he calls people who don’t agree with them ‘ignorant’, and often insults them only to ‘explain’ how he didn’t three posts later. It’s really distinctive.

  680. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 9:08 pm

    How Raising Wages Lifts the Economy- Economist Richard Wolff Interviewed by Bill Moyers

    http://billmoyers.com/content/richard-wolff-on-how-raising-the-minimum-wage-lifts-america/

    “The minimum wage has not always left a single income-earner for a family of three so far below the poverty line. In 1968, when minimum wage was at it’s highest point ever, that same breadwinner would have made $19,245 a year in today’s dollars — roughly a third more than he or she makes now.

    In 1981, in an attempt to fight inflation, the minimum wage was frozen at $3.35 per hour despite the rising cost of living. It wasn’t bumped up until 1990, by which point it had fallen well below the poverty line for a family of two (about $2,500 lower than for a family of three). From 1997 to 2007, the minimum wage remained stuck at $5.15 per hour, as, once again, the cost of living continued to increase.”

  681. Anonymous
    March 17, 2013 at 9:14 pm

    And nothing but the Truth :
    Your abject refusal to tell us why, if $12 an hour is so great, why didn’t you push for $20 an hour tells us all we need to know.

    This was answered three and a half months ago, on Nov 26 right here on this blog and probably a half a dozen times since then.

    An abject refusal to listen.

    http://humboldtherald.wordpress.com/2012/11/26/eureka-fair-wage-act-what-do-people-think/#comment-185645

  682. Anonymous
    March 18, 2013 at 8:06 am

    Next he’s going to demand President Obama’s birth certificate.

  683. March 18, 2013 at 10:59 am

    Democrats like the Minimum Wage because they can be perceived as fighting for the working guy when the Government colludes with the Chamber of Commerce on poverty class wage fixing. The Republicans like wage fixing because it keeps a permanent under-paid virtually powerless under-class. True freedom loving Americans are self empowered enough that they don’t even buy into the price and/or wage fixing. If we were economically free (in our minds), wouldn’t we demand a living wage in exchange for our labor instead of begging the government to collude with big business on how low they can pay us?

  684. Anonymous
    March 18, 2013 at 1:51 pm

    Who is this fool who stole Smart 5th Grader’s ID? This is not SFG.

  685. March 18, 2013 at 1:58 pm

    Sorry, wrong. I am and always have been Smart 5th Grader. New gravatar.

  686. March 18, 2013 at 2:02 pm

    See? Same Smart 5th Grader
    *************************
    So who is a progressive? You might be one if
    • You think health care is a basic human right, and that single-payer national health insurance is a worthwhile reform on our way toward creating a non-profit national health care service.
    • You think that human rights ought always to trump property rights.
    • You think U.S. military spending is an obscene waste of resources, and that the only freedom this spending protects is the freedom of economic elites to exploit working people all around the planet.
    • You think U.S. troops should be brought home not only from Afghanistan and Iraq, but from all 130 countries in which the U.S. has military bases.
    • You think political leaders who engage in “preemptive war” and invasions should be brought to trial for crimes against humanity and judged against the standards of international law established at Nuremberg after World War Two.
    • You think public education should be free, not just from kindergarten through high school, but as far as a person is willing and able to go.
    • You think that electoral reform should include instant run-off voting, publicly-financed elections, easy ballot access for all parties, and proportional representation.
    • You think that electoral democracy is not enough, and that democracy must also be participatory and extend to workplaces.
    • You think that strengthening the rights of all workers to unionize and bargain collectively is a useful step toward full economic democracy.
    • You think that as a society we have a collective obligation to provide everyone who is willing and able to work with a job that pays a living wage and offers dignity.
    • You think that a class system which forces some people to do dirty, dangerous, boring work all the time, while others get to do clean, safe, interesting work all the time, can never deliver social justice.
    • You think that regulating big corporations isn’t enough, and that such corporations, if they are allowed to exist at all, must either serve the common good or be put into public receivership.
    • You think that the legal doctrine granting corporations the same constitutional rights as natural persons is absurd and must be overturned.
    • You think it’s wrong to allow individuals to accumulate wealth without limits, and that the highest incomes should be capped well before they begin to threaten community and democracy.
    • You think that wealth, not just income, should be taxed.
    • You think it’s crazy to use the Old Testament as a policy guide for the 21st century.
    • You believe in celebrating diversity, while also recognizing that having women and people of color proportionately represented among the class of oppressors is not the goal we should be aiming for.
    • You think that the state has no right to kill, and that putting people to death to show that killing is wrong will always be a self-defeating policy.
    • You think that anyone who desires the reins of power that come with high political office should, by reason of that desire, be seen as unfit for the job.
    • You think that instead of more leaders, we need fewer followers.
    • You think that national borders, while sometimes establishing territories of safety, more often establish territories of exploitation, much like gang turf.
    • You are open to considering how the privileges you enjoy because of race, class, gender, sexual orientation, and/or physical ability might come at the expense of others.
    • You believe that voting every few years is a weak form of political participation, and that achieving social justice requires concerted effort before, during, and after elections.
    • You think that, ideally, no one would have more wealth more than they need until everyone has at least as much as they need to live a safe, happy, decent life.
    • You recognize that an economic system which requires continuous expansion, destroys the environment, relies on rapidly-depleting fossil fuels, exacerbates inequality, and leads to war after war is unsustainable and must be replaced. Score a bonus point if you understand that sticking to the existing system is what’s unrealistic.

  687. Just Watchin
    March 18, 2013 at 3:56 pm

    When uber libtard Bill Maher threatens to leave California over excessive taxation, you know you’ve gone too far.

  688. March 18, 2013 at 4:11 pm

    Something rich Liberals and rich Conservatives can agree on; let the working class pay.

  689. Oh Please!
    March 18, 2013 at 5:16 pm

    Not so Smart 5th grader;
    – If health care is a “basic human right” why isn’t food, clothing & shelter? Why isn’t the federal government supplying all people with their own nice homes, nice cars and good food?
    – Name an example of where property rights “trump” human rights?

    The rest of your post #688 contain so many errors it could become an entire semester class on the follies of liberals.

  690. Anonymous
    March 18, 2013 at 5:22 pm

    Actually, “Oh Please!” no serious person, whether liberal or conservative, would want to be associated with SFG’s entire list.

    It’s a great list for smart fifth graders, though, and for sophomoric college sophomores and others who have never really experienced having to work for a living.

    It would make a great list of DEMANDS to SHOUT out, and it might get its collegiate author laid, so it’s not completely without value.

  691. March 18, 2013 at 6:15 pm

    Oh Please!
    SFGs entire list looks good to me.

  692. Hmmm
    March 18, 2013 at 8:00 pm

    Suddenlink users wondering why their streaming or gaming is slow or experiencing timeouts, or other problems, might want to geolocate their IP address. The easiest way is to go to a “speed test” website. In the past, they thought I was in northern California. Now they think I’m coming from Lubbock, Texas.

  693. Anonymous
    March 18, 2013 at 10:09 pm

    Remember the ending of the Soprano’s

  694. March 19, 2013 at 7:57 am

    America is the only so-called first world country without universal health care. I have been in so-called third world countries with universal health care. America only has universal taxes and a universal government. That and Drones.

  695. Anonymous
    March 21, 2013 at 5:58 pm

    Beck off in Cloud Koo Koo land.

  696. Anonymous
    March 22, 2013 at 9:17 am

    The Rev. Jesse Jackson called for a mass, nonviolent protest in Detroit against the new emergency financial manager at a rally this morning at city hall.

    The activists alongside Jackson pledged to file a lawsuit next week challenging the constitutionality of Michigan’s new emergency manager law, which takes effect Thursday and grants broad powers to the incoming EFM, Kevyn Orr.

    http://www.freep.com/article/20130322/NEWS01/130322040/Jesse-Jackson-calls-mass-protest-against-Detroit-s-emergency-financial-manager-

  697. Anonymous
  698. Anonymous
    March 23, 2013 at 8:20 pm

    Tea Party group boycotting Fox News for becoming ‘too liberal’

    By David Ferguson
    Raw Story
    Saturday, March 23, 2013 16:10 EDT

    …“We have seen FOX suddenly get very loud about Benghazi after the 1st boycott, but conservatives are conservative because they are not stupid,” reads the boycott website, Benghazi-Truth. “We recognize, easily, loud noise which is low on substance. In other words, by whining loudly about Benghazi without the kind of hard-hitting investigative reporting that brought down Nixon over Watergate, what we are seeing from FOX IMO is smoke and mirrors; a trick, to fool us into dutifully genuflecting at their alter [sic] of their arrogant hosts who throw us crumbs with one hand while insulting us with the other. If we want FOX to get serious, we’re going to have to keep hitting them hard. And that is just exactly what we’re going to do.”

    One boycotter, former New Hampshire state legislator Kevin Avard, said that he finds it difficult to go without his daily dose of right-wing commentary. “I am having withdrawal. I do like Fox News. I have been going to CNN, and to Headline News just to get some kind of fix. I usually probably only watch them once or twice a year.”

    Hjerlied, on the other hand, is staying within familiar ideological waters during the 4-day boycott, which began Thursday and ends on Sunday morning.

    “If I want news, I go to Breitbart News and Drudge and I can find all the news I need, very quickly,” he said, noting that since the first boycott, he has all but “kicked” the Fox News “habit” for good. “I used to have it on all day long, and I probably watched maybe six hours last week,” he said. “The more I looked at it, I have come to the conclusion that Fox is not as fair and balanced as I thought. They shade the truth also.”

    Boycotters have listed their agenda, that Fox become “the right-wing CBS News: to break stories, to break information, and to do what news organizations have always done with such stories: break politicians.” They have also demanded that the network feature ”at least one segment on Benghazi every night on two of its prime-time shows; that Fox similarly devote investigative resources to discovering the truth of Obama’s birth certificate; and that the network cease striving to be ‘fair and balanced.’”

    “We need Fox to turn right,” Hjerlied said. “We think this is a coverup and Fox is aiding and abetting it. This is the way Hitler started taking over Germany, by managing and manipulating the news media.”

  699. Anonymous
    March 23, 2013 at 8:39 pm

    The Tea Party wants to be the ones in charge of managing and manipulating the news media. Makes sense. Their actual agenda is more similar to the American Nazi Party than not.

  700. Anonymous
    March 23, 2013 at 8:41 pm

    And funded by multinational industrialists – just like Hitler.

  701. March 25, 2013 at 2:48 pm

    Eureka Blockbuster To Close

    http://humboldtheraldodos.wordpress.com/

  702. anonymous
    March 28, 2013 at 3:41 pm

    Latest reports are that health insurance costs are to increase by 20-30% next year due to obamacare. Thanks a lot.

  703. March 28, 2013 at 11:00 pm

    You’re not rich, you never went to college…so pathetic. Get therapy, before it’s too late.

  704. Planet WalMart
    March 29, 2013 at 8:09 am

    Every person who has presided over the destruction of the American economy and our environment went to college and is part of the one percent. Every greedy CEO went to college and got a business degree to learn how to enslave their neighbors for slave wages and sell the working class overpriced junk which will be in the landfill faster than you can say One Percenter Mitch in his Ivory Tower in Trinidad.

  705. HUUFC
    March 29, 2013 at 9:16 am

    Muslim Friday night follies in Baghdad, four car bombs exploded at mosques killing at least 19 and wounding over 70.

  706. Anonymous
    March 29, 2013 at 6:09 pm

    Rep. Don Young (R-Alaska) used a racial slur to describe the type of ranch hands that were hired to pick tomatoes on his father’s farm.

    “My father had a ranch. We used to hire 50 or 60 wetbacks to pick tomatoes. You know, it takes two people to pick the same tomatoes now. It’s all done by machine,” Rep. Young told KRBD-AM on Thursday.

    http://www.realclearpolitics.com/video/2013/03/29/gop_rep_don_young_refers_to_latinos_as_wetbacks.html

  707. Anonymous
    March 29, 2013 at 6:15 pm

    Feds want $18 million back from timber counties

    By JEFF BARNARD and BEN NEARY
    Associated Press

    Published: Friday, Mar. 29, 2013 – 4:05 pm

    Last Modified: Friday, Mar. 29, 2013 – 4:21 pm

    GRANTS PASS, Ore. — The U.S. Forest Service’s demands that rural timber counties pay back millions of dollars in federal subsidies under automatic budget cuts have outraged members of Congress from both parties and caused concern in those counties with struggling economies.

    Thirty-one members of the House this week sent a letter to the Obama administration protesting demands that they return $17.9 million in revenues that pay for schools, roads, search and rescue operations in rural counties as well as for conservation projects.

    “For the administration to announce three months after the disbursement of these payments that they are subject to the sequester, and that states will receive a bill for repayment of funds already distributed to counties, appears to be an obvious attempt by President Obama’s Administration to make the sequester as painful as possible,” said the letter organized by House Resources Chairman Doc Hastings, R-Wash., and signed by 30 others, including Democrats.

    Forest Service Chief Thomas L. Tidwell sent letters to 41 states telling them they need to repay $15.6 million disbursed in January under the Secure Rural Schools Act, which since 2000 has sent billions of dollars to 700 rural counties to make up for reductions in federal logging revenues due to fish and wildlife protections. The top recipients have been Oregon, California and Washington.

    Tidwell also demanded the return of $2.3 million in other payments. He said the money needed to be repaid because it was sent out in fiscal year 2013, and is included under the 5.1 percent across-the-board federal budget cuts known as sequestration.

    Many rural counties in the West also will be hit hard by Department of Interior cuts to the Payment In Lieu of Taxes Program, which reimburses counties for tax revenues they have lost by having federal lands within in their borders. The PILT program paid $393 million to over 1,850 counties last year, and this year those payments are also being cut by 5.1 percent – about $20 million.

    Members of Congress questioned the need to repay money disbursed by the Forest Service because the money had been appropriated in fiscal year 2012.

    Forest Service spokesman Larry Chambers told The Associated Press he had nothing to say beyond what was in the chief’s letter.

    Many rural counties in Oregon were already struggling as money from the Secure Rural Schools Act was reduced over the years. The law has expired, and the last payments went out in January.

    Douglas County Commissioner Doug Robertson, president of an association of Oregon timber counties that receive the funds, is hoping Gov. John Kitzhaber will offset the $3.6 million Oregon would have to repay by taking it from funds already dedicated to conservation projects on federal lands. That would spare struggling counties from having to come up money they have already spent.

    “We never see that money anyway,” Robertson said. “It’ll work out.”

    Bob Rolston, a Sheridan County commissioner and president of the Wyoming County Commissioners Association, said commissioners across Wyoming are concerned about losing PILT funds, which amount to 25 percent of the annual budget in some counties.

    “These are taxes that are due to the counties from the federal lands that lie within those counties,” he said. “The way we look at it, if you don’t pay your taxes, the sheriff’s going to sell your property on the courthouse steps. They seem to think they don’t have to pay the taxes, and that’s the way it goes.”

    Jessica Kershaw, press secretary with the Interior Department in Washington, D.C., said “Interior was not afforded discretion to exempt PILT from the sequester.”

    Wyoming Gov. Matt Mead has expressed frustration that federal agencies are dribbling out word of how they’re implementing the funding cuts.

    Earlier this week, Mead said he was outraged that the Department of Interior announced it is cutting $53 million in federal mineral royalty payments to the state, the nation’s leading coal producer.

    Read more here: http://www.sacbee.com/2013/03/29/5303121/feds-want-18-million-back-from.html#mi_rss=Latest%20News#storylink=cpy

  708. Anonymous
    March 29, 2013 at 6:42 pm

    Former California DOJ Big
    shot Bureau Chief arrested on conflict charges

    By Jim Sanders
    jsanders@sacbee.com

    Published: Friday, Mar. 29, 2013 – 5:34 pm

    Last Modified: Friday, Mar. 29, 2013 – 6:17 pm

    California’s top law enforcement agency is prosecuting one of its own, a Rancho Cordova man charged with felony conflict of interest over a contract made while he worked for the attorney general.

    James Joseph Brown Jr. was arrested this month on charges of monetary conflict of interest and a related felony charge of perjury, the latter for allegedly failing to disclose personal ties to Govcentric Inc., listed in state records as a local consulting firm.

    The 55-year-old administrator was the Justice Department’s bureau chief of information systems when the crimes occurred between Nov. 2 and Dec. 8 of 2009, according to a complaint filed in Sacramento Superior Court.

    Brown is free on $25,000 bail pending further court proceedings April 11.

    The attorney general’s office declined to discuss the case, and records that might contain details are sealed in a court file. Neither Brown nor his attorney, Russell W. Miller Jr., returned calls from The Bee for comment.

    Brown’s legal problems stem from an incident Nov. 2, 2009, in which he became “financially interested in a contract made by him in his official capacity, and by a body and board of which (he) was a member,” the criminal complaint said.

    The nature of the state contract, its size and parties involved were not identified.

    But Brown’s failure to disclose his ties to Govcentric was “connected in its commission” to the contracting conflict of interest, the complaint said. Prosecutors say he perjured himself in a required financial disclosure statement.

    Govcentric has done big business with the state, submitting more than $800,000 in purchase orders tied to the Department of Justice between February 2010 and May 2011, according to records from the Department of General Services. The company participated in redesign of the agency’s computer information system as early as 2006.

    Charges against Brown do not cite actions prior to 2009, however. The only allegation of contract-related misconduct stems from activity Nov. 2, 2009.

    Brown allegedly misstated the fair market value of Govcentric, falsely declared that he had disposed of his personal interest in the firm, and failed to disclose his community property share in Govcentric, the company’s primary source of revenue, or income and reimbursements he received from it.

    Brown’s wife, Kimberly Schwartz-Brown, was the local agent for Govcentric when it incorporated in California in 2005, according to records filed with the secretary of state.

    More recent state documents, from May 2011, list another woman as the firm’s agent and chief executive officer.

    Brown transferred last year from the Justice Department to Covered California – the California Health Benefits Exchange – where his salary was $133,524 per year as project director of information technology. He left state employment March 25, the day of his arraignment.

    Besides the two alleged offenses from 2009, Brown was charged with felony failure to disclose personal interests in Govcentric and Kimberly-James Cellars in 2011, and separately, with felony failure to disclose ties to Kimberly-James Cellars, Govcentric and Capital City Consulting in 2012.

    State business records show Kimberly Schwartz-Brown as the agent for incorporating Kimberly-James Cellars in June 2010. Months later, she was listed as chief financial officer and James Brown as chief executive officer of the wine production company, located at their home. The firm’s name is a combination of their own.

    Capital City Consulting was incorporated in May 2011 and run by Kimberly Schwartz-Brown. The business management consulting firm dissolved in February, one month before her husband’s arrest, records show.

    Brown also faces two misdemeanor charges, failure to file required financial disclosure statements with the Justice Department and with the Health Benefits Exchange upon transferring from one to the other in summer 2012.

    Read more here: http://www.sacbee.com/2013/03/29/5303231/former-california-state-employee.html#mi_rss=Latest%20News#storylink=cpy

  709. Anonymous
    March 31, 2013 at 8:21 am

    Arizona State Senator, Tea Party Republican Investigated Over Classroom Invasion

    shortlink: http://wp.me/p38Pt0-6P mnemonic: http://urlet.com/pooled.relapse

    PHOENIX (AP) – An Arizona school is considering hiring armed guards after a state senator barged

    into a classroom and verbally threatened a teacher over a dispute involving his teenage grandson.

    Students, teachers and administrators were alarmed when a visibly agitated [ Republican Sen. Don ]

    Shooter slipped past a receptionist who had told him he couldn’t enter the school…..

    hxxp://www.dcourier.com/main.asp?SectionID=1&SubsectionID=1&ArticleID=117595

    Posted in Arizona, GOP, Tagged arizona, arizona tea party, classroom invasion, Republican Sen. Don

    Shooter, school invasion

  710. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 5:51 am

    Keeping with the motto: “if it doesn’t move, tax it”, I see that the Sacramento lawmakers are wanting to tax ammunition. Their new slogan is : ” Guns don’t kill people…..bullets kill people”. That’s right up there with the dumbest things I have ever heard. If that’s the case, why not : ” drunk drivers don’t kill people……cars kill people”.

  711. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 7:05 am

    I’d go along with that 713. A drunk stumbling down the sidewalk is a lot less likely to kill someone than if he’s in a car just like a crazy person ranting on the corner is less likely to kill someone than a crazy with a gun.

  712. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 7:08 am

    So I guess you’re fine with the same sort of regulations on guns as cars which would mean , registration of the gun, licensing of the gun owner and insurance to cover any damages the gun might inflict, 7:11.

  713. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 7:37 am

    The more guns the better, 712?

    Is that your point? The more heavily that we are armed, the lower the crime rate and the safer from tyranny? Don’t beat around the bush.

  714. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 7:46 am

    What was it in the 7:12 post that made you think I’m a gun nut 714? I was just going along with 7:11’s equating guns to cars. I agree with him and think we should have the same regulations on guns as we do cars. You can’t operate one that isn’t registered or insured and you have to have a license to operate one. Sounds like a rational conclusion.

  715. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 8:03 am

    I am 15 not 14…..your numeration is off by one, curiously….but just to be clear, I said “the more guns the better….” and I was replying to 551am “keeping with the motto..” which is #712 in my pixellation. I myself am somewhat neutral on the gun issue, though I would note that a modern semi auto assualt rifle has nearly the firepower of a Thompson submachine gun, that has been illegal since the 30s. Yes I know the difference between semi auto and full auto. I am just stating the reality of the firepower of both weapons, which is in effect almost identical. Yes I have owned a Ruger mini 14 stainless steel ranch rifle with scope in the past but I do not own any guns now. So i have some knowledge of these things. No one that I know is advocating for legal Tommy guns, though once upon a time you could buy them over the counter.

  716. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 8:05 am

    And, of course, if you are caught operating one (having it in your possession) while drunk or stoned you go to jail and lose your license to operate a gun. Sounds fair doesn’t it?

  717. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 8:07 am

    Note: Having a gun in your possession would mean out of the gun safe in this case.

  718. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 8:12 am

    Anonymous :
    And, of course, if you are caught operating one (having it in your possession) while drunk or stoned you go to jail and lose your license to operate a gun. Sounds fair doesn’t it?

    Not just drunk or stoned. Anyone who is taking an SSRI antidepressant or antipsychotic, anyone abusing steriods, and anyone who is convicted of domestic violence should be temporarily deprived of lethal weapons.

  719. April 2, 2013 at 9:02 am

    For my fellow Eurekans who treasure their right to vote.

    The Constitution of the State of California has guaranteed since 1879 the voters the right to approve by 2/3 majority the sale of long term obligations. (Bonds)

    In the dark of election night last November the Eureka City Council passed a resolution that in effect filed a lawsuit against “All Persons Interested.” In effect every citizen of Eureka was sued, but more importantly the 14,000 voters of Eureka were sued to strip them of their right to vote on an $8.5 million bond issue – and ALL PENSION BOND ISSUES IN THE FUTURE.

    We have one week to fix this. Trial is next monday and I have asked for a jury trial. I am not a lawyer the best defense I will be able to mount will be a few simple constitutional arguments and hope that the jury rules in our favor.

    If you want the details go to my blog. http://highboltage.com

    This is a bizarre reverse class action lawsuit and I was the only one to answer it. Am I the only one in Eureka that cares about the right to vote? I don’t think so but where are you?

    This issue cuts across party and left/right lines. My issue is that I am a small “d” democrat who wants to protect democracy. I think the bonds are crappy junk bonds but the city has the right to issue crappy junk bonds – if the voters approve. That’s my issue.

    Call the city council and demand that they end this farce NOW! Demand that they WITHDRAW THE LAWSUIT AGAINST YOU AND PUT THE BOND ISSUE ON THE BALLOT.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  720. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 10:01 am

    So getting back to the issue of 7:11’s post, cars don’t run without fuel and guns don’t shoot without bullets. We tax fuel to help pay for the roads. Taxing bullets to help pay the costs due to lots of guns in society seems reasonable.

  721. More Taxes
    April 2, 2013 at 11:22 am

    I agree. This tax fill solve the problem.

  722. Big Government
    April 2, 2013 at 12:09 pm

    Use your imagination. Let’s have a special tax on fast food joints and excuse it with the cost of heart disease. Special tax on video games and say its for obesity among teenagers. Tax silverware sales because of the people killed by steak knives.

    Using this approach the government could suck up every dollar out there.

  723. Liberal
    April 2, 2013 at 12:47 pm

    Silverware? That could be going to far.

  724. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 5:12 pm

    Because the only debating point you have is hysterical exaggeration, BG. If people want to raise the minimum wage 4 dollars, you go nuts and say why not 20? If you want to tax bullets why not milk FFS! Get a new tactic this one is limp and stale.

  725. anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 6:04 pm

    And why won’t you answer the question about how high you want the minimum wage to be Bill?

    Coward.

  726. April 2, 2013 at 6:23 pm

    $12.00 an hour. Isn’t that clear after a year? Really its a pretty dumb question.

    I have answered this question 12 times now. People who use their own names on internet discussion boards may need to have their heads examined, true, but they are not cowards.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  727. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 6:47 pm

    Anonymous :
    So getting back to the issue of 7:11′s post, cars don’t run without fuel and guns don’t shoot without bullets. We tax fuel to help pay for the roads. Taxing bullets to help pay the costs due to lots of guns in society seems reasonable.

    And you’re a fucking moron.
    ….

  728. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 8:23 pm

    Aww, hit a nerve 728?

  729. Anonymous
    April 2, 2013 at 9:22 pm

    Can you be more specific 728? Is there a factual or grammatical error? Or is it that you just disagree that it is reasonable to tax items which cost society a great deal of money when they are used?

  730. anonymous
    April 3, 2013 at 12:44 pm

    Taxing bullets and blaming it on gun violence is just a phoney excuse to raise more taxes.

  731. Anonymous
    April 3, 2013 at 4:40 pm

    Is there any valid excuse to raise taxes, in your opinion, 12:44?

  732. April 3, 2013 at 5:37 pm

    People in Sweeden pay a very high tax rate but they have cradle to grave medical, free education (must get good grades or you are out), and have a host of other government services (So far, no protest in Sweeden). Argentina has a much lower tax rate but several years back they had a tax revolt. Why? Because these people are just like you. They want to know what they are getting for what they are paying. The United States has Income Tax (Fed and State and SSI and Medicare and Disablity and Unemployment – all taxes on your income). We have sales tax, gas tax, energy tax, tobacco tax, alcohol tax, et al.
    Our schools are crumbling, they are laying off the teachers, our roads have more potholes than ever, my health care costs are soaring. In fairness to us, we have been building the infastructure in Iraq and Afghanistan.
    Why in the world would I want to give the United States more money to boondoggle?

  733. Anonymous
    April 4, 2013 at 3:11 am

    “Walmart, the nation’s largest retailer and grocer, has cut so many employees that it no longer has enough workers to stock its shelves properly, according to some employees and industry analysts. Internal notes from a March meeting of top Walmart managers show the company grappling with low customer confidence in its produce and poor quality. “Lose Trust,” reads one note, “Don’t have items they are looking for — can’t find it.”

    Walmart is addressing the grocery concerns with measures like a new inventory system and signs that will help employees figure out what is fresh and what is not, Jack L. Sinclair, Walmart United States executive vice president for food, said in an interview. Brooke Buchanan, a company spokeswoman, said Walmart felt its stores were fully staffed.

    Before the recession, at the start of 2007, Walmart had an average of 338 employees per store at its United States stores and Sam’s Club locations. Now, it has 281 per store, having cut the number of United States employees while adding hundreds of stores.”

    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/04/04/business/walmart-strains-to-keep-grocery-aisles-stocked.html?hp

  734. Anonymous
    April 4, 2013 at 8:26 am

    ( it looks like my previous post did not make it)
    The Walmart “Small store initiative” probably accounts for the reduction in employees per store.http://www.usatoday.com/story/money/business/2012/10/10/walmart-small-stores/1624485/

  735. Anonymous
    April 4, 2013 at 10:54 am

    That doesn’t explain the empty shelves and rotten meat and produce, 7:35. They have no intention of improving the quality of their produce, just the public’s perception of quality by keeping more of their inventory in back and bringing small amounts more often. Not fresher, just out of sight to create a perception of fresher. When Walmart has destroyed their competition you won’t have another option for fresh produce and they won’t have to keep up the masquerade of pretending to care about quality, price or service. When they can’t cut labor, quality or prices any more the prices will go up to feed the insatiable greed of the owners.

  736. Anonymous
    April 6, 2013 at 9:21 am

    I see where the parents of Trayvon Martin just settled their case against the homeowners assoc. for over one million dollars. Imagine that……making money off your son’s death.

  737. Anonymous
    April 6, 2013 at 9:26 am

    Hooray for Walmart!! Lowest prices, Every day, guaranteed !!!http://challenge.walmart.com/lowpriceguarantee/

  738. not skippy dont blame him
    April 7, 2013 at 10:49 am

    Weekly Roundup For January 20, 2012

    Posted on 20 January 2012.

    For the Curiously Aware of Humboldt County…

    By Skippy Massey
    Humboldt Sentinel

    RAIL FEASIBILITY STUDY GATHERS STEAM AFTER EUREKA CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL

    Hank Sims correctly predicted Eureka’s Fantasy Pacific railroad proposal would be off and running after the Humboldt Bay Alternative Rail Route Feasibility Study was endorsed by the Eureka City Council Tuesday.

    The Council not only approved the feasibility proposal after the 4-0 vote (Councilmember Lance Madsen was absent) but directed city staff to locate funding sources and technical support. Attorney and rail advocate Bill Barnum pointed out it’s a preliminary request looking at connecting Humboldt Bay’s shipping to a proposed rail corridor reaching Red Bluff.

    The Sentinel will report more of Tuesday’s Council actions with the back story here.

    Mr. Barnum believes the idea of a rail corridor should not be discredited before all the facts are in and given a fair consideration. He indicated there’s been misinformation circulating in the community. The idea, as bold as it seems, requires careful evaluation, vision, and leadership.

    Responding to Hank Sims at the Lost Coast Outpost last week, Mr. Barnum clarified a few points for readers:

    Hi Hank,

    I am curious why you feel a need to disparage this idea? Really, it sort of mystifies me.

    To be helpful about a few details:

    1. Nobody is ready to break ground just yet. The request is to investigate alternatives. This is what CEQA is all about. The map you copied above is merely to depict the route proposed in 1909 by local surveyor Jess Lentell. It may not be the route that is built – indeed a railroad may never be built.

    2. The railroad is not proposed for public ownership and operation. No one is suggesting a publicly-owned-and-operated rail line. If rail is developed, the rail would be privately owned. The City of Eureka owns substantial land that could be developed and leased to the public’s benefit. I guess that is why the City may be interested in at least studying the matter.

    3. I am certain the private railroad will not be financed by you. We will take you off the list of potential investors. If you should change your mind, let us know. To be clear, I will not be an owner either, so I guess we have that in common, Hank.

    4. Most (but certainly not all) people living in Humboldt County would like to see some new source of employment sometime in our lifetimes. The government job hey-day is over. The state grant gravy-train (a different sort of train), is off the tracks and not likely to return. The State of California has resorted to eating its own by disallowing Redevelopment Agencies. The hand-writing is on the wall. Before Humboldt County becomes another Greece, it might be prudent to search out some private employment possibilities, huh?

    5. Some people disparage the idea, other people have their hair on fire. I just don’t get that.

    So, Hank, have your fun. Hell, you might be the smartest guy around. But if you don’t mind, when it comes to railroad engineering, I would rather get a feasibility study out of a railroad engineering firm. They do exist.
    The beat goes on. It will be interesting to see who shows up Tuesday night to fight the idea of a feasibility study. See you then, Hank?

    Mr. Barnum replied to another post:

    In reply to Guest above, you are incorrect. I do not want to sell the future railroad any land, and none of its possible course would run through property I own. You are not the first person to suggest this; but you should stop it. It is not true.

    My interest in this idea of rail to the valley goes back more than 20 years when I helped found the Humboldt Bay Alliance for Economic Development. My hope is to see a rail connection that helps with goods movement using Humboldt Bay as a connector between ships and the National Rail System. We are closest to Asia and a rail connection in the valley makes sense for bridging rail outside the busy San Francisco Bay Area transportation bottle-neck. Some of the freight stream could be opened here and value added, then re-packaged into containers for shipment. A modern railroad would include double-decked containers and could operate so that trains could transit from Red Bluff to Eureka in about 3 hours. This avoids congested ports and makes sense to people in that industry.

    I know that many people are dedicated to seeing no or little economic change here, and many opposing posters resort to mockery and insults. My suggestion is that if the idea is feasible we should promote it. Many will disagree. That’s politics. Fine with me.

    Tonight the Eureka City Council voted 4-0 (with Lance Madsen absent) to support
    the idea and promote a feasibility study for an eastern rail route from
    Humboldt Bay to Red Bluff. Thanks!

    Readers weighed in with their comments, too. Here were a few by the proponents of rail optimism:

    “This is a feasibility concept. People on both sides are saying it can or cannot be done. Why not get a definitive answer and find out? What will it haul? Who will pay for it, if it can be built? I would think that would be part of the study. Why taxpayer funding? Why not? We study and build roads to promote commerce. Is this that different? Without taxpayer dollars to maintain highways into Humboldt, we would be isolated in less than a year.”

    “This is great news. Mocking research into railroad development is just stupid and short-sighted. A rail connection to the central valley is a major infrastructure improvement, the kind that makes your region more economically viable. And a railroad is FAR preferable to increased road access. …The niche for a Humboldt Bay port is not to compete against Oakland, LA and Long Beach, obviously. Those are enormous operations that serve a different purpose. The idea is to have a smaller port where a different type of shipping can predominate. The railroad provides an outlet for goods that arrive via Humboldt Bay, but equally important it provides an outlet for goods that are produced in Humboldt County. There is really no good reason to oppose researching an Eastern rail link, which is far more promising than the Southern route.”

    “Gentlepersons, unless there is a major upgrade for accessibility, we will continue to be a backwater. …All costs are high to be here. Primarily, it is the isolation from the rest of the US that is the problem…”

    “Will there be a direct connection to the China-Chunnel?”

    Some naysaying nabobs of doubt offered their two cents:

    “Is it crazier to imagine opening the line south and fighting the terrain and washouts for a longer stretch, or to create a new line east? I think most of us would drool at the prospect of a train connecting us to Amtrak, and for shipping, but it’s hard to imagine it could really be economically feasible in this part of the state.”

    “I don’t have a problem with the idea of a rail line to the East. Problem is, what would it haul? I can’t think of any cargo that would be significant enough to make it worthwhile.”

    “I suggest taking a look at the NCRA file at the Regional Water Board office in Santa Rosa. One of the things you will see are decades worth of business feasibility studies, all nicely bound and printed in multiple colors. These studies look into all the myriad ways a railroad south could be made to pay… These studies were not cheap and none of them was ever acted upon. At their most innocent, they were public dollars spent on trying to provide rationale… held by people of influence in the Humboldt Bay Area. …But at a more fundamentally corrupt level, these “studies” were just money being handed out to make work for favored consulting companies. They may have been favors to politicians or lobbyists that have connections to the consultants. They may have been a way to keep the party going at public expense for a favored segment of the community. The one thing the studies were not was a serious attempt to actually get the railroad running.”

    “Is the council seriously suggesting we spend staff time and our hard-to-come-by revenues on this sort of craziness?”

    While one post curiously stood out unto its own:

    “I already did this “study” for you… I will repeat it (again) for free.

    There is this geographic feature of the North American continent called the “Great Salt Lake” which is approximately 600 miles due east of Eureka. All east-west transcontinental rail traffic must split east of the Great Salt Lake, and the northern route proceeds to Boise and then Seattle, while the southern route goes to Reno and then Oakland. The truth is that Redding is just as far from markets as Eureka is. So even if it is true that Eureka is a half day’s sea travel closer to Asia, it is at least a day farther from markets by rail. A half day or more would actually be lost by using the Port of Eureka, even supposing that a rail car could make it from Eureka to Redding to Oakland in one day. Most likely it will be two or three days.

    There is nothing that we can do about this. So there you go, by accident of geography Eureka will never be a competitive deepwater West Coast port. … Then there are other issues. Could the railway to Redding actually be built? Yes, if you want to spend enough money. …You might be able to lay a new rail line across flat prairie or desert for $5 million a mile but not through those mountains. A half dozen tunnels and a half dozen bridges will cost $500 million all on their own.

    This project, technically feasible will cost anywhere from $3 to $5 billion, minimum. The line would have to be heavily taxpayer subsidized or it could not exist and it will never be profitable, because of the geographical facts above.

    If in some fantasy world this line was actually completed what would it haul? Although no Asian shipper of manufactured goods would use the port (because of the geographical facts above) shippers of dangerous, explosive or hazardous materials would like to have a lightly populated port to ship through. So we would get the nuclear waste, the caustic industrial chemicals and industrial acids, petroleum distillates, and military munitions. That’s your upside…

    There’s your study.”

    Granted, there are many questions concerning the rail proposal. Can it be built? What will it cost? What will it haul? Where will the route traverse? Is it economically viable? The proposal does have merit for consideration. It deserves further discussion. Free from speculation, conjecture, and opinion, a feasibility study would provide accurate and forthcoming answers to these questions, and we trust, be made available to the public.

    More of the 260 comments about Eureka’s East-West railroad proposal can be found at:

    The Lost Coast Outpost
    The Humboldt Herald

    The Eureka City Council Agenda Summary on the Humboldt Bay Alternative Rail Route Feasibility Study can be found here, courtesy of Mr. Sims.

  739. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 11:43 am

    Anonymous :
    Hooray for Walmart!! Lowest prices, Every day, guaranteed !!!http://challenge.walmart.com/lowpriceguarantee/

    How much is rotten food worth?

  740. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 2:07 pm

    Where did you read that Walmart sells rotten food?

  741. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 2:12 pm

    Empty shelves and long checkout lines mean business is booming. LONG LIVE WALMART !!!!

  742. Dan
    April 7, 2013 at 3:38 pm

    #742, Empty shelves mean poor
    order clerk, long-lines mean poor service.
    Logic like yours, destroys a once proud people.
    Poorly paid workers = poor results. Who
    could have guessed.

  743. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 4:01 pm

    Walmart continues to set sales and profit records. Are those the poor results that you were referring to Dan ???

  744. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 4:10 pm

    Dan :
    #742, Empty shelves mean poor
    order clerk, long-lines mean poor service.
    Logic like yours, destroys a once proud people.
    Poorly paid workers = poor results. Who
    could have guessed.

    I wouldn’t go so far as to blame lousy employees. They are just trying to do the least amount of work and still get a paycheck.

  745. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 4:15 pm

    Read the newspaper article above 7:41. Walmart acknowledges problems with outdated food not being removed from the shelves and shelves going unstocked. They have cut their total number of employees while adding hundreds more stores. They claim they re implementing a better system to track the sell-by dates and better training for staff, (not more staff) to keep less produce on display and bring it out from the back more frequently to give the appearance that it is fresher even though it is not. Walmart buys in such large lots from the cheapest supplier so it shouldn’t be surprising that their produce is half rotten by the time it gets to the store.

  746. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 4:38 pm

    Like it or not, Monsanto’s genetically modified sweet corn will soon be arriving on grocery store shelves of the world’s largest retailer, Walmart Stores, Inc., and will not be labeled as such. Despite an onslaught of consumer pressure, the company confirmed late last week with the Chicago Tribune that it has no objection to selling the new crop of Monsanto’s genetically modified (GE) sweet corn.

    Other retailers, including the grocery chains Safeway and Kroger, have not responded on the issue, however Whole Foods, Trader Joes and General Mills have all vowed to not carry or use the GE sweet corn. As the country’s largest grocery retailer, Walmart sells $129 billion worth of food a year, giving it unmatched power in shaping the food supply chain.

  747. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 4:55 pm

    Anony #746….re-read the article, and pay attention this time. There is no reference to outdated food on the shelves. Also, there was no claim that they had reduced the total number of employees. They have gone through an accelerated “small store initiative”, opening hundreds of small stores. That reduces the “employees per store”, the fact stated in the article. produce kept in the back in refrigeration stays fresh compared to sitting in an open air cooler. Do you think every other grocery displays all of their inventory?
    Walmart Eureka is coming up on it’s one year anniversary. I recall on this blog that small business closings would be tracked and reported. I haven’t heard a peep.
    And since I haven’t heard it for a while, I’ll throw in……..IT’S ALL BUSH’S FAULT!

  748. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 4:58 pm

    Danilyn’s shoe boutique in Old Town is closing sadly.

  749. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 5:53 pm

    I heard a rumor that Venlo’s chocolates was closing but I went down there and the employees knew nothing.

  750. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 6:23 pm

    Bond insurers vs. Stockton vs. CalPERS
    By Ed Mendel | 01/17/13 12:00 AM PST

    Bond insurers who want CalPERS to share the financial pain of the Stockton bankruptcy do not answer a key question in lengthy court filings: How would “bloated” and “overly rich” pensions be cut?

    The insurers backing $250 million worth of Stockton general fund bonds argue that the city’s bankruptcy plan gives them major cuts but spares the largest creditor, CalPERS, whose annual bill to the city is expected to nearly double in the next 10 years.

    During a 90-day mediation with creditors required under a new state law before filing for bankruptcy, Stockton did not negotiate with CalPERS, say Assured Guaranty and National Public Finance Guarantee.

    Instead, National said in a filing last month, Stockton chose “to protect the unsustainable CalPERS pensions that it awarded, but that the city itself cannot now afford, while forcing its other creditors (including National) to foot the bill.”

    How negotiating with the California Public Employees Retirement System before filing for bankruptcy would be expected to significantly cut Stockton’s soaring pension costs is not clear.

    CalPERS has served notice, notably in Vallejo and San Bernardino, that it will dip into its deep pocket for an all-out legal battle to prevent bankruptcy from being used to cut pensions.

    Stockton does not want to cut pensions, arguing that its proposal to eliminate retiree health care is how debt reduction in bankruptcy is shared by employees, who are the actual creditors while CalPERS is just the middleman.

    The federal bankruptcy judge handling the case, Christopher Klein, told a UC Berkeley conference the court cannot impose a plan to adjust debt, but does rule on eligibility for bankruptcy and whether the plan to adjust debt is fair to creditors.

    The judge appointed a mediator in August, U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Elizabeth Perris, to meet with creditors in an attempt to reach a “consensual plan of adjustment.” An eligibility hearing, originally scheduled Jan. 8, was pushed back to Feb. 26.

    Filing for bankruptcy in June gave Stockton an automatic stay on debt collection. Now in the view of some, the creditors will lose much of their leverage if Stockton is found to have met the eligibility standards required for bankruptcy.

    The carefully structured Stockton bankruptcy plan appeared to be following the Vallejo model, where the main cuts in bankruptcy were to retiree health care and bond debt.

    In addition to facing heavy losses if they have to pay bondholders, the insurers may fear a trend that could affect their industry and the bond market. Stockton has responded to the bond insurer decision to contest the city’s eligibility for bankruptcy.

    The insurers say it was not until they contested eligibility that the city met with a consultant to develop a “business case” for not impairing CalPERS and inquired about cutting an unusually generous 5 percent cost-of-living adjustment for pensions.

    And it was not until Dec. 4, say the insurers, that Stockton asked CalPERS for a “hardship” rate reduction, which could save the city $1.25 million this fiscal year and a total of $4.5 million over three years.

    The hardship rate would give Stockton some short-term relief, but presumably increase the long-term debt. The annual city CalPERS payment, $16.8 million this fiscal year, is expected to be $30.2 million in fiscal 2020.

    Movement by CalPERS seems unlikely. The state constitution (amended by labor-backed Proposition 162 in 1992) makes the CalPERS top priority protecting pensions. Minimizing taxpayer costs, which had equal standing, became a secondary priority.

    A 17-page statement issued by CalPERS last July spelled out the widely held legal view that a series of court decisions mean pensions promised on the date of hire are “vested” rights, protected by contract law, that can be cut only if offset by a new benefit.

    Beyond the legal obstacle, CalPERS only administers pensions: collecting, investing and paying out the money. Pension amounts are set through legislation or, before reform legislation for new hires last year, bargaining with public employee unions.

    If CalPERS were given a fair share of Stockton debt reduction, a financial “haircut” along with other creditors, how would CalPERS pass that along to the Stockton employees and retirees?

    Some guidance might come from procedures used when private-sector pensions fail and the federal Pension Benefit Guaranty Corp. takes over pension payments. But it’s not mentioned in the bond insurer court filings last month.

    The Assured Guaranty filing last month cited testimony from a city official who said she was unaware of any attempt “to study alternative benefit structures with other pension administrators or agencies” to replace CalPERS.

    “Nor did the city ever consider withdrawing from CalPERS and placing its existing pension funds on deposit with another pension administrator, such as what was done in San Francisco,” said the Assured filing.

    The brief mention of a switch to another retirement system (San Joaquin is one of the 20 counties with an independent retirement system operating under a 1937 act) did not explain how the change would reduce pension costs.

    Stockton has a “monumental” unfunded liability, said the Assured filing. estimated by CalPERS on a market value basis to total $322.5 million for both plans, safety and miscellaneous.

    If in the future Stockton is not in bankruptcy and unable to “satisfy” its unfunded liability and needs to withdraw from CalPERS, said Assured, the city “could face a draconian termination liability” ballooning to $946 million and a lien on its property.

    “Unless the city is willing to tackle its pension liabilities and obligations to CalPERS, there is no legitimate purpose served by permitting it to remain in Chaper 9 (bankruptcy),” Assured argued.

    The National filing said Stockton is ineligible for bankruptcy for three reasons: a failure to seek concessions from CalPERS, a “self-interested” decision by staff and council members who are CalPERS members, and a lack of “good faith” negotiations.

    A broader Assured filing goes beyond the CalPERS issue and argues that the city budgeted itself into insolvency, continues to overspend, has not tried to maximize revenue, has no grasp of its finances and cannot produce accurate and timely reports.

    Assured supports its argument with four reports from experts. City officials are said to have acknowledged that city wages and benefits have been excessive, inflated in some cases by an estimated 25 percent.

    The Assured filing rebuts a city contention that lower pensions would result in a “mass exodus” of police officers, noting among other things that 1,300 persons took a police agility test last month.

    A statewide pension reform signed by Gov. Brown in September gives all new hires the same low pension, Assured said, further weakening the city contention that high pensions must be maintained to remain competitive in the marketplace.

    Ed’s Note: Reporter Ed Mendel covered the Capitol in Sacramento for nearly three decades, most recently for the San Diego Union-Tribune. More stories are at http://calpensions.com/

  751. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 7:13 pm

    This is rich. The bond people are now saying that public employees, by virtue of having pension promises, are “creditors,” to be treated the same way as bond holders.

    When someone presents the contract language that demonstrates that employees had the individual option to opt-out of their pensions and instead get equivalent deposits placed directly into their IRA or a 401(k), I’ll be happy to believe that employees are in the same category as fatcats trying to earn tax-free income on government bonds.

  752. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 8:48 pm

    Anonymous :
    Anony #746….re-read the article, and pay attention this time. There is no reference to outdated food on the shelves. Also, there was no claim that they had reduced the total number of employees. They have gone through an accelerated “small store initiative”, opening hundreds of small stores. That reduces the “employees per store”, the fact stated in the article. produce kept in the back in refrigeration stays fresh compared to sitting in an open air cooler. Do you think every other grocery displays all of their inventory?
    Walmart Eureka is coming up on it’s one year anniversary. I recall on this blog that small business closings would be tracked and reported. I haven’t heard a peep.
    And since I haven’t heard it for a while, I’ll throw in……..IT’S ALL BUSH’S FAULT!

    “Walmart, the nation’s largest retailer and grocer, has cut so many employees that it no longer has enough workers to stock its shelves properly, according to some employees and industry analysts. Internal notes from a March meeting of top Walmart managers show the company grappling with low customer confidence in its produce and poor quality.”

    “Walmart is addressing the grocery concerns with measures like a new inventory system and signs that will help employees figure out what is fresh and what is not, Jack L. Sinclair, Walmart United States executive vice president for food”

    ““In its larger supercenter stores, Walmart can’t keep the shelves stocked, and that is driving customers away,” said Terrie Ellerbee, associate editor at the grocery industry publication The Shelby Report, in an e-mail.

    She traced the problem to 2010, after Walmart reduced the range of merchandise it carried in an attempt to make stores less cluttered. Customers did not like the change, and Walmart added merchandise back, but with declining sales then, it did not add back employees, she said. “Without enough labor hours to get those items back, not to mention to do routine stocking, shelves were left bare,” Ms. Ellerbee said.”

    “Mr. Sinclair said the stores would also change from putting out produce in huge amounts to displaying small quantities and “showing customers that they’re bringing fresh produce out all the time.”

    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/04/04/business/walmart-strains-to-keep-grocery-aisles-stocked.html?hp&_r=0

  753. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 8:55 pm

    4TH PARAGRAPH OF ARTICLE:

    “Before the recession, at the start of 2007, Walmart had an average of 338 employees per store at its United States stores and Sam’s Club locations. Now, it has 281 per store, having cut the number of United States employees while adding hundreds of stores.”

  754. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 8:58 pm

    Anonymous :
    This is rich. The bond people are now saying that public employees, by virtue of having pension promises, are “creditors,” to be treated the same way as bond holders.
    When someone presents the contract language that demonstrates that employees had the individual option to opt-out of their pensions and instead get equivalent deposits placed directly into their IRA or a 401(k), I’ll be happy to believe that employees are in the same category as fatcats trying to earn tax-free income on government bonds.

    this is where Eureka is heading, right into the ditch with Stockton and Riverside, first the pension bonds, then the bankruptcy, then the haircuts for the workers.

  755. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 9:09 pm

    You do know what, “cut the number of United States employees” means, right? That doesn’t mean they have fewer employees per store because the stores are smaller. It means what it says, cut the number of US employees.

  756. Anonymous
    April 7, 2013 at 11:54 pm

    Here’s a piece of the puzzle of why our economy is so out of balance.

    Ratio of pay of average CEO to average worker
    Japan 11 to 1
    Germany 12 to 1
    Canada 20 to 1
    Mexico 47 to 1
    Venezuela 50 to 1
    United States 475 to 1

    Yes, those greedy workers who want a wage that allows them to survive without welfare. Shame on them!!

  757. anonymouse
    April 8, 2013 at 7:46 am

    What right

    Anonymous :
    Here’s a piece of the puzzle of why our economy is so out of balance.
    Ratio of pay of average CEO to average worker
    Japan 11 to 1
    Germany 12 to 1
    Canada 20 to 1
    Mexico 47 to 1
    Venezuela 50 to 1
    United States 475 to 1
    https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=585138688163780&set=a.115969958413991.17486.114517875225866&type=1&theater
    Yes, those greedy workers who want a wage that allows them to survive without welfare. Shame on them!!

    What right do you have to tell someone else how much they are allowed to pay their CEO?

    Who died and appointed you dictator of everybody else?

    What makes you so qualified to decide what other people should be allowed to make?

  758. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 8:24 am

    Pointing out that the huge imbalance in wages isn’t good for our country’s economy isn’t being a dictator, Anonymouse. Odd that you think stating facts is trying to be a dictator. Too much right wing propaganda re-wires your brain to bypass the logic center.

  759. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 8:30 am

    Why are CEO’s in the United States worth so much more than CEO’s in the rest of the world? Especially the CEO’s who crashed the global economy. If they can’t command those 475 x average worker’s salaries, where are they going? They would make much less in every other country. Maybe we need special tax rates on executive salaries based on their wage discrepancy multiplier and on dividend income greater than a million a year.

  760. Anonymous
  761. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 8:34 am

    And why, if our CEO’s are hundreds of times more valuable than Japanese or German CEO’s, are so many American products lower in quality (even those which are manufactured offshore) than their Japanese and German competitors?

  762. Dinosaur Feinstein
    April 8, 2013 at 8:52 am

    Anonymous :
    Obama Afgan policy is killing children. Maybe time for a new title: “Barry the baby killer”.
    http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/04/07/nato-air-strike-kills-children-nato-afghanistan_n_3033407.html?utm_hp_ref=world&icid=maing-grid10%7Chtmlws-main-bb%7Cdl30%7Csec3_lnk1%26pLid%3D294831

    We don´t care, they aren´t loyal American babies.

  763. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 9:14 am

    Anonymous :Here’s a piece of the puzzle of why our economy is so out of balance.
    Ratio of pay of average CEO to average workerJapan 11 to 1Germany 12 to 1Canada 20 to 1Mexico 47 to 1Venezuela 50 to 1United States 475 to 1
    https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=585138688163780&set=a.115969958413991.17486.114517875225866&type=1&theater
    Yes, those greedy workers who want a wage that allows them to survive without welfare. Shame on them!!

    Basing a position on a picture posted on Facebook……LMFAO. These numbers are not even close to the truth. Yep…..if it’s on the internet, it HAS to be the truth !!!

  764. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 9:28 am

    8:34,

    If you think about it, you answered your own question. You can pay for quality, build great employee relations, and build a brand that people will increasingly respect for decades, or you can pay for a CEO that will get you a good result this quarter by skimping on quality, juggling the books, and advertising to get people to buy crap. It depends on whether you view your shares in a company as a day-by-day thing or as a lifetime investment in your part of producing things for your neighbors. If you want to treat your shares as a day-by-day speculation, you’re in luck, the stock market is well set up as your playground, and well-paid CEOs are ready to help out.

    For anyone concerned about finding well-supported numbers, you could try here: http://www.epi.org/publication/ib331-ceo-pay-top-1-percent/

  765. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 10:08 am

    Here´s more accurate data. With a better soure for CEO compensation in America.

    http://humboldtheraldodos.wordpress.com/2013/03/31/eureka-fair-wage-act/

  766. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 10:12 am

    Anonymous :
    8:34,
    If you think about it, you answered your own question. You can pay for quality, build great employee relations, and build a brand that people will increasingly respect for decades, or you can pay for a CEO that will get you a good result this quarter by skimping on quality, juggling the books, and advertising to get people to buy crap. It depends on whether you view your shares in a company as a day-by-day thing or as a lifetime investment in your part of producing things for your neighbors. If you want to treat your shares as a day-by-day speculation, you’re in luck, the stock market is well set up as your playground, and well-paid CEOs are ready to help out.
    For anyone concerned about finding well-supported numbers, you could try here: http://www.epi.org/publication/ib331-ceo-pay-top-1-percent/

    Nice link, very thorough research.

  767. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 10:14 am

    The link at 765 is very thorough.

  768. anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 11:15 am

    Let me try again and maybe someone can give me a honest answer for once.

    What gives you the right to decide what other people give their CEO in pay? If I owned Widgets Inc I would want the very best CEO I could hire. If I paid him $25,000 a year like you guys make I would get somebody as unqualified as you. If I offered $100,000 I would still get somebody that is second rate.

    I would have to compete with all the other large businesses. If I hired somebody I wouldn’t mind paying him $10 million a year if he made my company $50 million. I might offer him stock options to give him a stake in the company’s future. If later he cashed in those options and made a $100 million dollar profit that would be fine with me because it means I made even more.

    You are green with envy and envy is making you hate the CEO’s as a group. Instead of obsessing that somebody else is doing better than you why don’t you focus on those things in your life that are good?

    The homeless zombies staggering around town are envious of you and your $25,000 per year incomes. They probably think you make too much and don’t deserve so much. They would like to force you to make less and give some more to them.

  769. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 11:21 am

    Anonymous :
    8:34,
    If you think about it, you answered your own question. You can pay for quality, build great employee relations, and build a brand that people will increasingly respect for decades, or you can pay for a CEO that will get you a good result this quarter by skimping on quality, juggling the books, and advertising to get people to buy crap. It depends on whether you view your shares in a company as a day-by-day thing or as a lifetime investment in your part of producing things for your neighbors. If you want to treat your shares as a day-by-day speculation, you’re in luck, the stock market is well set up as your playground, and well-paid CEOs are ready to help out.
    For anyone concerned about finding well-supported numbers, you could try here: http://www.epi.org/publication/ib331-ceo-pay-top-1-percent/

    Which model should government policy encourage and how should it do so?

  770. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 11:28 am

    Whether it’s 475 x average worker pay or 411 x average worker pay, it’s still hundreds of times more than CEO’s in Japan, Canada, France and Germany earn and their greed, and the greed of their share owners, is hurting our economy and putting our future at risk.

  771. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 11:34 am

    You can get any answer you want if you manipulate the sample data. Here’s a quote from the linked article: “Companies listed on Japan’s stock exchanges paid their chief executives an average of $580,000 in salary and other compensation last fiscal year, PWC estimates, about 16 times more than the typical Japanese worker. Average CEO pay at the 3,000 largest U.S. companies is $3.5 million, including stock options and bonuses, according to the Corporate Library, a research group.” http://thinkprogress.org/politics/2010/07/08/106536/japanese-ceo-american-sixth/

  772. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 11:55 am

    11:15,

    It’s a little sad that you are so convinced others are “green with envy.” Please consider, just for a moment, the possibility that there are other reasons people are displeased with rising income inequality in America.

    American CEO pay is a result of the inbred culture of American corporate compensation committees. We all understand that even CEOs that destroy shareholder value (let alone those who destroy their communities, their brands, or their workers) continue making huge salaries. That’s part of the reason that we no longer naively believe the economic textbooks. The textbooks are fantasies that apply in a mathematical world of rational agents, unlimited competition, and rational exchanges. They simply do not apply to the real world of crony capitalism. Ask anyone who teaches economics.

  773. anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 12:38 pm

    Anonymous :
    Whether it’s 475 x average worker pay or 411 x average worker pay, it’s still hundreds of times more than CEO’s in Japan, Canada, France and Germany earn and their greed, and the greed of their share owners, is hurting our economy and putting our future at risk.

    Oh bull. How is it hurting our economy and putting our future at risk? That is the most stupid statement I have heard since Obama’s last press release.

    One person’s pay has not a twit impact on prices their companies charge for their products.

    Ask anyone who teaches economics.

  774. anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 12:42 pm

    Let me do the math for you.

    General Motors CEO makes $9 million dollars a year.

    In 2010 GM sold 8.4 million cars.

    His pay added one dollar and seven cents to the price of each car sold.

    “hurting our economy and putting our future at risk” HAHAHAHAHAHAHAH

  775. SFG
    April 8, 2013 at 12:50 pm

    773 (Mitch?) is correct. I am aware of a local business wherein the owner took a modest salary and plowed money back into the business for the past 20 +/- years. Since there was no ¨Quarterly Return¨, this would have been a terrible business in the eyes of a Wall Street Investor. (What! No Quarterly Divided check?!? Outrageous!). But their business has grown and they have dozens of employees now (instead of a couple) and the employees earn a Living Wage there. I suspect (but do not know) that his big payoff will be when he retires and sells the business. Plus he´s making a Living along the way.
    Wall Street and their CEOs have a singular focus, Immediate profits. No matter how much they charge for cut-corners crap and no matter how little they can pay their Wage Slaves. The economic model I described above depended on quality goods at a competative price to generate a long term relationship with the customers. And a bunch of poorly trained, poorly paid, and poorly motivated Minimum Wage Zombies would not help them achieve this goal.
    Two completely different economic models. Unfortunately for America, the short term, shit selling, employee screwing Economic Model reignes supreme.

  776. SFG
    April 8, 2013 at 12:56 pm

    anonymous :

    Anonymous :
    Whether it’s 475 x average worker pay or 411 x average worker pay, it’s still hundreds of times more than CEO’s in Japan, Canada, France and Germany earn and their greed, and the greed of their share owners, is hurting our economy and putting our future at risk.

    Oh bull. How is it hurting our economy and putting our future at risk? That is the most stupid statement I have heard since Obama’s last press release.
    One person’s pay has not a twit impact on prices their companies charge for their products.
    Ask anyone who teaches economics.

    Greed is good, fuck the American Workers.

  777. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 1:08 pm

    12:42,

    OK. Let’s say you’re right, and the pay of GM’s CEO came to $1.07 per car.

    What about the pay of all of GM’s executives, all of whose salaries are influenced by the pay of the CEO? If there are 100 or 200 high level executives at GM — a number I’d call low, but you get to define high level — you’re talking about $100 or so dollars per car.

    Now, what about the pay of the top level executives at each of GM’s suppliers? Now it’s not looking so small, perhaps you’re at $500 to $1,000 per car. That’s not for mid-management, that’s to feed the people at the very top of the corporate hierarchy.

    Have these people added value? If they’re good, of course they have. A single good strategic decision by a good manager in charge of thousands of people can increase a company’s profits by millions.

    But what about if they’re bad, or mediocre? What if they’ve been oriented towards rising towards the top of their hierarchy, rather than doing what is best for the corporation, or its workers, or its neighbors, or its clients? What if they’ve hidden their destructive effects with numbers, but made very close friends of their immediate superior and the folks on the compensation committees, playing a regular game of golf with them, and making sure they have tickets to the best events when they come to town?

    Remember that half the corporate CEOs are below average in ability, and they are also making huge amounts compared to workers at their plants. How did CEOs, as a group, magically become worth a few hundred times what a line worker is worth, when only a few decades ago, they were only worth twenty to fifty times what a line worker is worth? Had industry not yet figured out how vital these CEOs are, even the below-average ones?

    Inquiring minds, and all that.

  778. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 1:14 pm

    What was wrong with our country, our economy and our general society when CEO’s earned 35 x their average employees’ wage, everyone earned at least a living hourly wage, there were lots of jobs and the very rich (over $250,000 then) paid much higher tax rates than they do today? Is the majority more financially secure today? Since there is general agreement that technology has created a surplus of labor for the demand, the next logical question is what to do about surplus labor. Before you suggest it, let them starve or death camps is not an acceptable answer.

  779. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 1:27 pm

    And then there are the corporate profits paid to share owners who also have no long-term commitment to the company, the workers or the community who approve of these crony boards and their outrageous salaries because they keep the money pouring in. Policies which encourage higher pay for workers gets more money circulating which reduces the pain of higher labor costs for the owner while stabilizing communities and economies. Boohoo if the CEO only makes half a million a year. and the Waltons have to pay higher taxes. They’ve been riding the gravy train for years so they’re lucky we don’t tax wealth, just last year’s income.

  780. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 1:31 pm

    Sure sounds like envy to me

  781. anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 3:43 pm

    So now Bill has expanded his attack against all CEO’s to all management workers?

    Power to the People! Storm the Bastile! Down with the elites.

    So once again Bill, what top tax rate do you think those evil rich people should be forced to pay?

  782. anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 3:48 pm

    Anonymous :
    And then there are the corporate profits paid to share owners who also have no long-term commitment to the company, the workers or the community who approve of these crony boards and their outrageous salaries because they keep the money pouring in. Policies which encourage higher pay for workers gets more money circulating which reduces the pain of higher labor costs for the owner while stabilizing communities and economies. Boohoo if the CEO only makes half a million a year. and the Waltons have to pay higher taxes. They’ve been riding the gravy train for years so they’re lucky we don’t tax wealth, just last year’s income.

    And now the attack expands to all stockholders?

    This is laughable. Every person with retirement plans (including union workers) holds stock in those corporations and receives dividend checks. In real life (not your envy hating world) a family like the Waltons do not pay income taxes. They get refunds due to the earned income credit.

  783. Eurekaworker
    April 8, 2013 at 3:58 pm

    If you’re not on government assistance of some kind, you should pay more taxes.

  784. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 4:31 pm

    Yes, 7:83. Which is why I would more steeply tax dividend income of over 1 million a year and under that amount the same as any other income. We don’t need to encourage people to invest money but to create jobs which will grow the economy, Tax cuts without job creation only exacerbate income inequality and leads to further concentration of wealth at the top. That model just doesn’t work. Haven’t you noticed?

    As to the claim that the Walton’s get earned income credit, HAHAHA! I make too much to qualify for earned income credit, fool.

  785. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 4:51 pm

    Anonymous :
    Yes, 7:83. Which is why I would more steeply tax dividend income of over 1 million a year and under that amount the same as any other income. We don’t need to encourage people to invest money but to create jobs which will grow the economy, Tax cuts without job creation only exacerbate income inequality and leads to further concentration of wealth at the top. That model just doesn’t work. Haven’t you noticed?
    As to the claim that the Walton’s get earned income credit, HAHAHA! I make too much to qualify for earned income credit, fool.

    At what rate would you tax that million dollar plus of dividends?

    How much do you think it would raise?

    What about pension funds and non profits with that much in dividends, would you tax them also?

  786. April 8, 2013 at 5:49 pm

    anonymous :
    So now Bill has expanded his attack against all CEO’s to all management workers?
    Power to the People! Storm the Bastile! Down with the elites.
    So once again Bill, what top tax rate do you think those evil rich people should be forced to pay?

    I am beginning to think that you are a bit delusional, because you keep asking me this same question and implying that I am somehow afraid to answer it. And then I always give you the same answer. I’m not afraid to answer it.

    I believe that there should be progressive taxation, in other words the rich should pay taxes at a higher rate than the poor. This has been accepted practice in much of the civilized world for several hundred years now, so it is hardly a radical idea, after 300 years ideas become somewhat conservative. The idea behind progressive taxation and inheritance taxes is to avoid social stagnation and the resulting explosive revolutions that occur. That’s why we have had progressive taxation for a long time now, it was considered progress once upon a time. Now the people who oppose progressive taxation are far beyond conservative, they are reactionaries, people who want a return to feudalism.

    On the question of how high should taxes be I have stated before that I am a small d democrat so I would be happy with the voters directly setting the rate at whatever level. It’s been as high as 90 percent in the past and we still had rich people. As a libertarian socialist I am a small government socialist so I am open to the idea that the government, especially the Federal government is too big, too powerful, too oppressive and uses up too much of our GDP. Let’s cut it back, beginning by cutting the bloated Pentagon and Department of Homeland Security both by 50%

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  787. April 8, 2013 at 5:57 pm

    We absolutely do need a small transaction tax on Wall Street to slow down that casino. The sooner the better. Any “investor” won’t mind a one time tax of a tenth of a cent if they are holding their ivestment for the long term. The only folks who object to small transaction taxes are the gamblers, the high frequency algorithms traders(HFTs), the swindlers and banksters.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  788. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 6:05 pm

    Pension funds and non profits aren’t paying out over a million a year to individuals, so of course not. Pretty much everyone agrees that tax policies should be set according to what is best for the country as a whole, right? I mean, conservatives used “trickle down” to justify tax cuts because that would be best for the country as a whole, right? Isn’t that how it was sold? Of course it failed because without incentive to trickle down from the top in better jobs and higher wages (there was only incentive to keep with lower taxes and invested in inflating home and share prices and invested offshore, destroying jobs here) it didn’t and lower wages for workers pushed them into increased debt and lower spending which caused job losses and home foreclosures and our economy tanked as our national debt skyrocketed. Now there isn’t enough demand to create new jobs and budget cuts added to the problem with laid-off public workers. Surely you noticed? So what is needed are tax rates which encourage investment in jobs and decent wages for everyone to reverse the concentration of wealth at the top which is bad for our economy and for our political system as well as pay for the social programs needed in a first world society. I don’t have the magic numbers and think a little tinkering up and down a little until we find equilibrium will probably be required.

    Here’s a list of actual taxes paid in industrial nations. We pay the least of all OECD countries with the exception of Mexico and Chile so where are these tycoons going to relocate if their taxes go up here? The increased private security they would need to live in Mexico or Chile would eat up the small tax savings. Of course, there are other countries with lower taxes but higher risks of losing your money and your life.

    http://thinkprogress.org/economy/2013/04/08/1834981/the-us-collects-less-in-taxes-than-all-but-two-industrialized-countries/?mobile=nc

  789. April 8, 2013 at 6:08 pm

    anonymous :
    So now Bill has expanded his attack against all CEO’s to all management workers?
    Power to the People! Storm the Bastile! Down with the elites.
    So once again Bill, what top tax rate do you think those evil rich people should be forced to pay?

    How about some taxes, 25 percent like me? If a working stiff like me can live after the government takes (¨forced to pay¨) about a quarter of my income (Fed taxes, State taxes, SSI tax, FICA tax, SDI tax, Unemployment tax), why do the Billionaire crybabies wet their diapers when people start talking about taxing their income? (If you tax my Billions, I´ll have less to trickle-on American Workers, waaaaaaa!)

  790. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 6:18 pm

    Why won’t any conservatives respond to the question of what do we do about the problem of surplus labor? As stated so well above, technological advances (many of which were funded by tax dollars) were supposed to bring us more leisure and ever improving lifestyles. Instead we have crumbling infrastructure, widening wealth and income gap, more people on welfare than ever, more people working 40+ hours a week and still qualifying for welfare, the great majority seeing a reduction in their lifestyles and millions out of work and out of luck. Doing more of the same (cutting taxes and regulations) is not the cure, it is insanity.

  791. Eurekaworker
    April 8, 2013 at 6:21 pm

    Federal tax on the rich should be 80%. That leaves them enough to pay their state and local taxes, and maybe buy some food.

  792. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 6:25 pm

    Average tax rate in the US is 24.8%. Mitt’s tax rate on 22 million was 14%.

  793. April 8, 2013 at 6:26 pm

    Capitalists like surplus labor, it drives the price of labor down. That’s your answer, 792.

    Although many conservatives these days seem to support runaway capitalism and exploitation, not all of them do, some conservatives actually think honest work should be adequately rewarded. I wish a few more of them would speak up, I know they are out there.

    have a peaceful day,
    Bill

  794. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 6:34 pm

    Which is best for the country and economy, Eurekaworker, super rich people buying all the assets while the overwhelming majority has increasingly less buying power and consequently fewer jobs or super rich people being encouraged to share some of the prosperity in higher wages which leads to more jobs, etc? How do you encourage the outcome you want? We’ve tried trickle down and it didn’t. Can we at least agree on that point?

  795. Anonymous
    April 8, 2013 at 6:42 pm

    If surplus labor is to their benefit, they should have a solution to the problem of surplus labor.

    By the way, US corporate taxes are also the 2nd lowest of all OECD countries. Where they gonna go, Somalia?

    http://thinkprogress.org/economy/2011/07/05/260535/graph-corporate-tax-second-lowest/

    Oddly enough, the only OEDC country with lower corporate tax rates (Iceland) has virtually no defense spending and didn’t bail out their banks.

  796. Tough Guy
    April 8, 2013 at 7:14 pm

    Smart 5th Grader :

    anonymous :
    So now Bill has expanded his attack against all CEO’s to all management workers?
    Power to the People! Storm the Bastile! Down with the elites.
    So once again Bill, what top tax rate do you think those evil rich people should be forced to pay?

    How about some taxes, 25 percent like me? If a working stiff like me can live after the government takes (¨forced to pay¨) about a quarter of my income (Fed taxes, State taxes, SSI tax, FICA tax, SDI tax, Unemployment tax), why do the Billionaire crybabies wet their diapers when people start talking about taxing their income? (If you tax my Billions, I´ll have less to trickle-on American Workers, waaaaaaa!)

    25% is that all.

    That millionaire that you hate so much pays far more than that.

    39.6% federal income tax, 13.3% Calif income tax, 3.4% Medicare tax.

    The total is over 56%. It is misleading because of the phaseout of deductions and exemptions so the real total is higher.

  797. Tough Guy
    April 8, 2013 at 7:17 pm

    Eurekaworker :
    Federal tax on the rich should be 80%. That leaves them enough to pay their state and local taxes, and maybe buy some food.

    80% ? Then after Calif’s income tax of 13.3% he would have less than 7% left.

    The problem with this country is too many uninformed people like you vote.

  798. Tough Guy
    April 8, 2013 at 7:18 pm

    BTW weren’t you asked to quit using the name Eurekaworker since you have been exposed as a retiree and haven’t worked in years?

  799. April 8, 2013 at 7:49 pm